NCD003200383_19960101_Koppers Co. Inc._FRBCERCLA RA_Remedial Action Work Plan Addendum IEA-North Carolina Quality Assurance Program-OCR

g
g
I
I
g
u
I
u
g
g
I
I
D
u
I
I
I
g
g
IEA Corporation !EA. North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
IEA
DocA QAQ01401.NC
Dote: 11/17/95
Page I of 85
An Aquarion Company
IEA -North Carolina
Quality Assurance Program
prepared by
Linda F .Mitchell
Quality Assurance Manager
(or
IBA Corporation
Cary, North Carolina
RECEf\fi=n
JAN 16 1996
SUPERFUND SECTIUi
This document bas been prepared by !EA Corporation aad will be updated aaaually. The material contained herein is aot to be
disclosed to, or made uailable to any third party without the prior expressed writtea approval or the Quality ~e Managec. ,;
(
g
n
g
0
D
D
H
D
H
D
D
D
R
R
I
D
I
n
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality As.surance Pr()1!ram Doc# QAQ0l401.NC
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Date: 11/17/95
Page 2 of85
Page
Quality Assurance Program, Identification Form 5
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Definition of Terms ................................................... 8
Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Quality Assurance Policy Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Quality Assurance Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.6.1
4.6.2
4.6.J
4.6.4
4.6.5
4.6.6
4.6.7
4.6.8
4.6.9
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Assi~ent of Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Document Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
QA Program Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Additional Lab Policies to Achieve QA Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Participation in EPA Water Supply and Water Pollution Proficiencies ............... 20
Corporate Laboratory Performance Evaluation Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Routine Use of QC Check Samples ..................................... 21
Central Solvent Monitoring Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Quality Assurance Final Report Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Lateness of Data Reports ............................................ 22
Method Detection Limit Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Establishment of !EA Good Laboratory Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Quality Control Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Personnel Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5. l Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5.2 Education and Experience ............................................. 25
5.3 Training ......................................................... 25
5.4 Certifications ...................................................... 26
Facilities, Equipment and Services .............................................. 29
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Facilities ........................................................ 29
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JO
Instrument Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
g
R
n
u
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
I
R
D
D
D
IEA Corporation IEA • North Carolina Quality Assurance Progran1 . Doc# QAQ01401.NC
TABLE OF CONTENTS-Continued ...
Date: 11/17/95
Page 3 of 85
Page
7.0 Data Generation .......................................................... 43
8.0
9.0
10.0
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
Intrcxluction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Quality Assurance Project Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Standard Operating Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Chain-of-Custody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Analytical Calibration Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
lnstrument Calibration Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Data Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
8.1 Introduction ...................................................... 72
8.2 Collection ........................................................ 72
8.3 Review .......................................................... 73
8.4 Data and Report Storage .............................................. 77
8.5 Transcription ...................................................... 77
8.6 Data Reduction .................................................... 77
Data Quality Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
9.1
9.2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Content of Analytical Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Corrective Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
10.l
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Systems Audits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Performance Audits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Independent Audits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Subcontracted Services ............................................... 85
I
g
a
I
I
I
g
I
I
D
D
D
u
D
D
D
D
D
IEA Corporation IEA. North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Figure 4.2.1
Figure 4.2.2
Figure 8.3.1
Table 2. l. l
Table 5.4. l
Table 6.3. l
Table 6.4. l
Table 7.3.1
Table 7.3.2
Table 7.6.1
Table 7.7. l
Table 7.7.2
Table 7. 7.3
Table 9.2. l
Section I
Section 2
Section 3
Section 4
Section 5
Section 6
Section 7
Section 8
LIST OF FIGURES
Network Quality Assurance Organizational Chart ...
Network Organizational Chart ........ .
Network Data Review Process (General)
LIST OF TABLES
Network Locations
Date: 11/17 /95
Page 4 or 85
Page
17
18
76
7
Certifications . . 28
Equipment Listing . 3 l
Preventative Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Analytical Capabilities Listing . . . . . . . . 45
Summary of Selected Method Quality Control Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Analytical Calibration Standards . . . . . . . 64
Analytical Instrument Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Analytical Instrument Calibration Summary . . . . . . . . 69
BFB Key Ions and Abundance Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . 7 I
Analytical Report Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
APPENDIX
Professional Profiles of Key Personnel
!EA Chain of Custody Forms
Sample Preservation and Holding Time Requirements
Floor Plan
Organizational Chart
Corrective Action Form
Example Listing of Laboratory Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs)
Analytical Methods and Associated Method Detection Limits
g
g
I
I
I
D
H
I
I
0
D
n
D
D
0
D
D
H
D
IEA Corporation IEA • North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
Document Title:
Corporate Address:
Company Official:
Title:
Telephone:
Company Official:
Title:
Company Official:
Title:
Plan Coverage:
1.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM-IDENTIFICATION FORM
IEA-NORTH CAROLINA QUALITY ASSURANCE
PROGRAM PLAN
!EA North Carolina
3000 Weston Parkway
Cary, North Carolina 27513
Mr. John P. Dullaghan
Director of Operalions
(919) 677--0090
Mr. Peter R. Hill
Laboratory Manager, Radiological
Ms. Linda F. Mitchell
Quality Assurance Manager
IEA-North Carolina Laboratory including the following functions:
Administration
Sample Receipt
Computer Systems
lnorganics Laboratories
GCfMS Laboratories
Facilities and Safety
. Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11117/95
Page 5 of 85
GC Laboratories
Quality Assurance
Data Entry (Forms)
Report Production
Sample Pre:,aration Laboratories
Radiological Laboratory
Concurrences:
Name: Mr. John P. Dullaghan Signature:
Title: Director of Operations
Date:
Name: Mr. Peter R. Hill Signature:
Title: Laboratory Manager, Radiological
Date:
I Jf:;{ff
· 11 /z,. j,::11-
Name: Ms. Linda F. Mitchell Signature:
Title: Quality Assurance Manager
Date:
Name: Mr. Dave Houle Signature:
Title: President
Date:
I
I
I
I
I
·1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
D
D
D
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance ~ogram
2.0 INTRODUCTION
2.1 Background
Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 6 of 85
Industrial & Environmental Analyst's, Inc. (IEA) is a full-service environmental organiz.ation specializing in
laboratory analytical services and field support services.
The !EA organization is a network of six (6) integrated environmental laboratories located throughout the
Eastern United States with over 300 employees, making it. one of the . .top ten environmental testing companies in
the United States. The corporation serves a broad range of industries including environmental consulting and
engineering firms, state and federal agencies, pharmaceutical. petroleum, and electronic component
manufacturers. In support of these activities the corporation presently maintains environmental laboratory
certifications in over twenty five state programs. IEA Corporate headquarters are located in Cary, North
Carolina.
!EA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the AQUARION Company, headquartered in Bridgeport, Connecticut.
AQUARION is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and has annual revenues exceeding 100 million. It is
also the largest investor-owned water utility in the country.
The IEA laboratories are located as follows:
!EA/Connecticut
!EA/Illinois
!EA/North Carolina
!EA/NC-Radiological
!EA/Massachusetts
!EA/New Jersey
Monroe
Schaumburg
Cary
Morrisville
N. Billerica
Whippany
Detailed information such as mailing addresses and telephone numbers for each of the laboratories is presented
in Table 2.2.1.
HISTORY OF IEA
IEA was founded in 1977, in Burlington, Vermont, as a water resources testing facility in support of IBM's
facility in Essex Junction, Vermont. IEA served the IBM site exclusively for three years perfonning ultrapure
water analysis, wastewater treatment and pollution control. In 1982, IEA opened a second facility in Research
Triangle Park (RTP), North Carolina in order to provide desired services from the IBM facility in RTP. In
1984 !EA expanded its market and began serving the developing environmental testing market. By I 985 IEA
had expanded to a full service laboratory offering complete soil and water analysis, field sampling, groundwater
analysis and evaluation of hai.ardous waste. The North Carolina laboratory, which serves as IEA 's corporate
headquarters, is located in Cary, North Carolina.
In the fall of 1988, !EA positioned itself as one of the leading laboratories in the country by qualifying for the
USEPA Contract Laboratory Program (CLP). This development created a favorable position for winning major
consulting engineering contracts. As such, IEA grew rapidly and expanded its commercial client base
considerably. Due to the rapid increase in demand for environmental services IEA sought potential buyers in
1989 in order to provide resources for futun: expansion. As a result, IEA was purchased by The Aquarion
Corporation, based in Bridgeport, Connecticut in 1989. Aquarion is a New York Stock Exchange-listed
corporation that traces its roots to 1857. It has the distinction of being the largest investor-owned water utility
in the nation. Annual revenues of Aquarion exceed 100 million.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
H
0
D
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carofino Quality _Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 7 of 85
Since the initial purchase, IEA has acquired several existing environmental laboratories which were operated in
strategic locations along the Eastern United States. As a result, IEA now offers very comprehensive
environmental testing services including mixed waste radiological testing and a full range of chemical testing
performed in support of DOD, DOE, RCRA, CERCLA, NPDES, TSCA and SDWA regulations.
This plan is intended to describe the quality assurance program of the !EA-North Carolina facilities located at
3000 Weston Parkway, Cary, North Carolina and at 120 South Center Court, Morrisville, North Carolina. IEA
operates a corporate wide quality assurance program (Doc.# QAQ00I02.NET) and this facility QA program
complies with the requirements set forth in the corporate program. In some cases, the requirements in the
facility QA program may be more stringent than the corporate program, but in no case can they be less
stringent.
TABLE 2.1.1 !EA NETWORK LOCATIONS
North Carolina
Corporate Headquarters
3000 Weston Parkway ·
Cary, NC 27513
[phone]
[phone] (Fax)
(800) 444-99 I 9
North Carolina
Radiological Laboratory
120 South Center Court
Suite 300
Morrisville, NC 27560
[phone]
[phone] (Fax)
Massachusetts
149 Rangeway Road
N. Billerica, MA 01862
[phone]
[phone] (Fax)
[phone]
Connecticut
200 Monroe Turnpike
Monroe, CT 06468
[phone]
[phone] (Fax)
New Jersey
628 Route 10
Whippany, NJ 0798 I
[phone]
[phone] (Fax)
Illinois
126 West Center Court
Schaumburg, IL 60 l 95
[phone]
[phone] (Fax)
[phone]
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
u
0
D
D
H
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance ProMram Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 8 or 85
2.2 Definition of Terms
A number of terms are used within this document to describe the corporate QA program in effect at IEA
laboratories. To ensure effective communication, the following terms are being defined:
Accuracy
Analytical Report
Turnaround Time
Audit
Batch
Chemical Tracer
Comparability
Completeness
Data Quality Objectives
Data Validation
-the degree of agreement of a measurement with an accepted reference or true value.
Accuracy is usually expressed as the difference·between the measurement and the true
value. It is a measurement of the bias in a system.
-in order to ensure proper communication is maintained, IEA
has defined analytical report turnaround times to be always based upon calendar days.
not business days. Analytical holding times are also based on calendar days.
- a systematic check to determine the quality of some function or activity. Audits may
be of two basic types, performance audits or system audits. Performance audits
involve a quantitative comparison of the labs results to that of a proficiency sample
containing known concentrations of analytes. A system audit is a qualitative
evaluation that normally consists of an on-site review of a laboratory's quality
·assurance system and physical facilities.
-the basic unit for analytical quality control. It is defined as a group of samples
which are analyzed together with the same method sequence and the same lots of
reagents and with the manipulations common to each sample within the same time
period or in continuous sequential time periods. Samples in each batch should be of
similar composition (matrix). At !EA laboratories, the maximum batch size has been
set at 20 samples. At !EA 's smaller laboratories where the number of samples
received daily may be low, samples received in a given week may be combined into
one analytical batch. Due to holding time constraints, individual samples may be
extracted on different days as compared to other samples in the batch. If this is the
case, a method blank must be performed daily with every sample extraction. The
other QC samples such as MS and MSD are only performed for the total analytical
batch.
- a known quantity of a different radioisotope of the same element or a carrier
quantity of an inactive isotope of the same or a chemically similar element.
- a measure of the confidence with which one data set can be compared to another.
- a measure of the amount of valid data obtained from a measurement system
compared to the amount that was expected to be obtained under routine operating
conditions.
-during the planning phase of a project requiring laboratory support, the data user
must establish the quality of data required from the investigation. Such statements of
data quality are known as data quality objectives (DQOs). The DQOs are qualitative
and quantitative statements of the quality of data required to support specific decisions
or regulatory actions.
- a systematic effort to review data to identify any outliers or errors and thereby cause
deletion or flagging of suspect values to assure the validity of the data to the user.
This process may be done by manual or computer methods.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a
D
D
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Duplicate Error Ratio
Field Blank
Full Width at Half Max.
Laboratory Control
Sample
Library Search
Matrix Spike
Matrix Spike Duplicate
Method Blank
Date: 11117 /95
Page 9 of 85
-(DER) the ratio of the difference between the duplicate results to the sum of the two
standard deviations uncertainties for duplicate results used in the evaluation of
precision of radiological data.
-contaminant free water, or appropriate matrix, used during sampling activities to
determine if there is any potential for sample contamination associated with the field
sampling or equipment.
-(FWHM) the width of the distribution at a level of half the maximum ordinate of the
peak as applied in radiological data evaluation.
-(LCS) a control sample of known composition, whether purchased or prepared.
Aqueous and solid LCS are analyzed using the same sample preparation, reagent. and
analytical methods employed for the samples being analyzed. The data is compared to
acceptance limits defining the accuracy and performance of the analytical system.
-a technique used by which a mass spectrum of an unknown compound is compared
to the mass spectrum of compounds contained in a computer library in an effort to
identify unknown compounds. Compounds identified in this manner are referred to as
"tentatively identified compounds" (TICs).
-the process of adding a known amount of analyte to a sample and analyzing the
sample. The amount of analyte recovered is calculated as a percent recovery. This
technique is used to assess accuracy of analysis.
- a second matrix spike is compared to the results of the matrix spike to assess
precision of the analysis.
--contaminant free water. or appropriate matrix, taken through the entire analytical
process to determine if there is any contamination associated with the analytical
procedures.
Method Detection Limit -the minimum concentration of a substance that can be
(MDL)
Practical Quantitation
Limit (PQL)
Precision
measured and reported with 99.% confidence that the analyte concentration is greater
than zero.
-is the lowest level that can be reliably achieved within
specified limits of precision and accuracy during routine operating conditions.
- a measure of mutual agreement among individual measurements of the same
property. usually under prescribed similar conditions. Precision is usually expressed
in tenns of standard deviation.
Quality Assurance (QA) -the total integrated program put in place to assure the reliability of data generated in
the laboratory.
Quality Control (QC)
Quality Assurance
Program Plan (QAPP)
-the routine application of specific, well-defined procedures which ensure the
generation of data which fulfill the objectives of the QA program.
- a written assembly of management policies, objectives,
principles and general procedures which outline how the laboratory intends to generate
data of known and accepted quality.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
Quality Assurance
Project Plan (QAPjP)
Quench Curve
Quenching
Relative Percent
Difference (RPO)
Representativeness
Source
Standard Operating
Procedure (SOP)
Surrogates
Trip Blank
Tuning
- a written document, which presents. in specific terms.
Date: 11/17/95
Page IO of 85
the policies, organiz.ation. objectives. functional activities and specific QA/QC
activities designed to achieve the data quality objectives of a specific project. There
are 16 essential elements which EPA has mandated to be addressed in a project plan.
- a plot of efficiency versus degree of quenching for quenched standards in
radiological test methods.
- a reduction in the pulse height from the output of the photomultiplier tube due to
physical or chemical processes occurring during or after the deposition of energy by
the ionizing partide in the scintillator. Quenching reduces the scintillation efficiency
and hence produces a loss in counting efficiency i~ radiological test methods.
-relative percent difference (RPD) is used as the measure of precision between
sample duplicates. The formula utilized to calculate RPO is as follows:
Relative Percent Difference (RPO)
RPO = (Sample Result -Duplicate Result) x 100
Mean of Sample and Duplicate Results
Note: RPD is expressed as the absolute value obtained from the above
formula.
-the degree to which data accurately and precisely represents a characteristic of a
population. parameter variations at a sampling point, or an environmental condition.
- a radionuclide calibration source counted regularly (or periodically) to verify the
calibration of the counting systems.
-a detailed, written description of how a laboratory
executes a particular procedure or method. It is intended to standardize the
performance of the procedure.
-generally, organic compounds which are not target analytes, that are added to
samples to assess analytical performance of a method. These compounds are spiked
into all blanks, samples and spiked samples prior to analysis. Percent recoveries are
calculated for each surrogate.
-contaminant free water, or appropriate matrix, which accompanies bottles and
samples during shipment to assess the potential for sample contamination during
shipment. Trip blanks are not opened in the field.
- a technique used in GC/MS procedures to verify that the instrument is properly
calibrated to produce reliable mass spectral information.
.,
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation !EA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
2.3 Purpose
Doc# QAQ0l40I.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page II of85
The IEA-North Carolina quality assurance program serves as an operational charter for the organization. It
defines the purpose, organiz.ational structure, and operating principles of the laboratory and presents an
overview of the key elements of the quality assurance program. This quality assurance program will be
reviewed and modified as necessary on an annual basis. Any deviation from this program must be approved in
writing by the facility QA manager and copied to the President.
This quality assurance program has been prepared according to guidelines presented in the USEPA document
entitled "Guidelines and Specifications for Preparing Quality Assurance Program Plans", Office of Monitoring
Systems and Quality Assurance, Office of Research and Development, USEPA, (QAMS-005/80), EPA-600/8-
83-024, June, 1983, and ASME NQA-1, where applicable.
2.4 Scope
This QA program applies to the generation of analytical _data at both of the !EA-North Carolina lab locations.
Since the vast majority of environmental client needs are driven by various federal and state regulations. the
program has been designed to meet the requin:ments of the following programs:
Clean Water Act (CW A)
Clean Air Act (CAA)
Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA)
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA)
DOE/DOD Environmental Restoration Programs
This Quality Assurance Program Plan (QAPmP) covers two distinct laboratory operations at !EA-North
Carolina. The purpose of this QAPmP is to provide information on laboratory operations as required for
specific Quality Assurance Project Plans (QAPjPs), and to provide the basis for the Quality Assurance Program
at !EA-North Carolina. This program is based on the IEA Corporate Quality Assurance Program Plan (Doc#
QAQ00102.NED.
This QA program applies to the generation of analytical data utilized for environmental monitoring and
assessment programs. The major types of laboratory support for government regulations are as follows:
• Analysis and characteriz.ation of environmental (soil, sediment, water and air) and waste samples per the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) for either compliance, disposal or delisting purposes.
• Analysis of drinking water samples in support of the Safe Drinking Water Act (SDW A).
• Analysis of environmental samples in accordance with contracts with the USEPA CLP and various state
agencies (CERCLA).
• Analysis of environmental samples (soil, sediment, water and air) for contaminants such as those compounds
found on the EPA priority pollutant list, target compound list, etc. for site assessment purposes.
• Analysis of waste stream samples in accordance with NPDES requirements.
• Analysis of environmental samples in support of site restoration programs associated with the requirements
of DOE/DOD: this may include mixed wastes or separate radiological testing requirements.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
3.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE POLICY STATEMENT
Date: II/17/95
Page 12 of 85
It is the intention of IEA corporation to consistently produce analytical data of known and documented quality al
all network laboratories which fully meet clients" data quality objectives.
The contents of the QA program describe the activities which are utilized in order to ensure this commitment is
maintained.·
IEA Quality Policy
"Manageme11t a11d staff are committed to maintai11ing a carefully co11tro/led
a11aJyticaJ e11viro11mellt ill order to l!IISUre the COUsistellt gerieratio/1 of
accurate data which meets or exceeds the data quality objectives of our
clientele. 11
IEA recognizes that maintaining a proper ethical standard is an important element of an effective quality
assurance program. In order to ensure that all personnel understand the importance the company places on
maintaining high ethical standards at all times, IEA has established an "Ethics Policy" and it is presented for
your infonnation. This policy is used to set the standard within the organization for day-to-day performance.
Each employee is requested to sign the ethics policy, signifying agreed compliance with it's stated purpose.
Copies of all signed ethics policy statements are maintained in personnel files.
I
I
I
I
I
I
E
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: ll/l 7/9S
Page 13 of 85
··•·•·11w1·1tii, afuJ: tthical·businesii,roi:tic~i 11r,Jol/oi.ed.•111•·~jdciJitliS:·····. .•.•·······:•·····•···
•·.· •·;;;,p,irIJivi•dwJ•·mih ,ihical •itiinii,,@f b,•·mdin1a,ii,a.a1•alr·iii/,ts••,,ydu.··•.,,,P';;,,,,J(t•·······•·•·· ...... ·.•·•·•··••·····•·•···•<.J•···· \·•·>+{•·•·•·•·•· · .. ··
•··••··0}'f.Jt;.;;;;pi~•l,j1t•'1;J,Jial~}~ip*;4•;0·~~~.%1 1 ~~;;J/;J,Jii~;;,;;;1 ]J;J1tiJ1·••~#~.1►~tiJ;~p~)}i ........... .
···aisures t.hi • consisteni generation oJ accurat, daiiJ • which mee/;the daUi quality 6bj;ciives• of our• clientel,.i ·
·•··· TIJifolloi.(ng••rffre~ents•·th•···,pA .. ;Ifie~ pol/ey··· fhiJ~·•·M•·•b~ei, ~k1ii1ofl~~rly•·Af ,iitiJJ.1ff.•·itrp6fali\\••. posilion on. ethical practices; Failure io comply wiJh this policy cannot and will not be tol;m1,d; • .·. .
······ri,}2Jlli11~~d~·•~i.lliEllip10;~:1••·itl:.·•.•···i··.
... . . SJW1} blllii1J ~tilflilf.111ii~J;~;.!ii, fl£]) ~l1J~~~i1 !~ f~;t!]~1!·•·••·••·••··· .. ·
. . tztf ltitt~:If.ducis iJuii•~►-· iicc (iiiitt/?,Jd/d,j!#n4 w.#,?izj:,i,J,s/iit soJndp"rJAifiJ'.i@ }
.. ·. ·•••••••••··•·••··••·••••••••···~t,t'!!JJJ~Zf:':'1l:.11:t~1&~:'Jt,tt~Q¥lidi1l:r!J,i~f ;;;i,iAzr,r.7f!t&1~1Jfrt >•••(
•ifnPtofm_iiji\t'=:
•·•·•····•····•<·•·•••:·•··•··· ·•••••,:~1l~j;lli~;•·tl}l.l.li•l~ ... ~··.~,;~fui•nnlltj]iJ!J1Wtfii£,;J~ttWif:~lJJi1;t~~t•••Ir•·t•·••
quality piaducts at afairf,ficei
.. . . ... ····•··t;r~••i;t;;~YJt·.~iuiJ~lj by ~~~j,ehsatinit~:4 Jlr0;i ~*~i~ 1;}j/k; ;~;it.!1;~!.ujii•·••····••••i····· . ·. contributio11siaiul providing them opportuniJiesfor professional.growth and developinenL • •
···••••••··aJ;t;•~~t)l}~•~2•.11:2tt&.~·•t~··qualJ.l~•·c~W22)1r;;li:Jil;J;y;it!)~llt;~it?i:;!i.\!•••<•····••·•••·••··•·
i \.•· SiioTaiei•·•·.···
·····•t•··············•· ···•··••.•·•;}1;~fa}:1w,,.corpji,•jiizw ·of the· commJi;;,6} ]1~ii:; ;lij~:ltl)J~lli}l,}IlJW )···•···
........... ···ri~Yi~~w:.•in·a•·t;e··i~•;rofes1~;~.hJ1~)[t];]•l~1~~Jjj]~;i!) ·••\! }ii·•·
a>f'J'rrr•fSPfOgram ~ndproriefe/he .~e.cessary saf,t,/qu/p1n~ntAiul troining to protect al/. . /i·•··
_employeeSJr.01ri pl'eYe~ta_bl_e. ilrjury and chemical_;_exjJo_~;j_i:,_t_/·' · · · ':·-··:_,_::· :r::,;: ...
I ,.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
4.1 Introduction
4.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE MANAGEMENT
Date: 11/17/95
Page 14 or 85
The management of IEA-North Carolina is committed to the execution of the.quality assurance program
described in this document. The officers of [EA as well as lab directors and lab managers are required to
comply with the program's stated goals, requirements and responsibilities.
In addition, each staff member has a responsibility to ensure compliance at all times with the QA program.
4.2 Assignment of Responsibilities
The primary objective of the network quality assurance program is to ensure that systems are in place such that
all network laboratories consistently generate high quality analytical data.
Additionally, the QA program provides a mechanism to identify and implement policies to improve the quality
of products and services. Records must also be maintained to document the laboratory's performance.
Quality assurance at [EA is monitored at both the corporate and laboratory levels. !EA 's network quality
assurance program is led by the President of !EA. The QA program at each network lab is directed by the QA
manager at that facility, who reports directly to the laboratory's director and indirectly to the President. Figure
4.2. l presents the organizational structure of network quality assurance functions and Figure 4.2.2 illustrates the
overall general management of the corporation.
The following provides a listing of responsibilities and authority of key managerial personnel. Section 5 of the
Appendix presents the organizational structure of the I EA-North Carolina facility.
Director of Operations
Responsibility:
All corporate directors and managers comply with the quality assurance program and require similar
compliance by all staff personnel.
Ensure that all laboratory operations under their control are active participants in attaining the network
quality assurance objectives.
Ensure compliance with methods and procedures as written.
Timely compliance with any corrective action requirements.
Ensure that instrument tunings and calibrations are performed at the required frequency and that
instrument maintenance and logbooks are maintained in an orderly manner.
Authority:
Maintain the authority to suspend or terminate employees for dishonesty, or non-compliance with
established QA policies and procedures.
The directors' or managers' authority is granted from a vice president of IEA, to whom they report.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA. North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
Laboratory/Department Manager
Responsibility:
Ensure compliance with methods and procedures as written.
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11117195
Pa1,1:e 15 of 85
Ensure that analytical procedures are perfonned in accordance with.the requested method and SOPs.
Oversee preparation of analytical reports and data review.
Authority:
Maintain the authority to suspend or tenninate employees for dishonesty, or non-compliance with
established QA policies and procedures.
Authority is granted from the Director of Operations. to whom they report.
Laboratory Quality Assurance Manager
Responsibility:
Responsible for recommending pertinent additions to the network QA program.
Responsible for monitoring and assessing compliance of the laboratory with the requirements contained
in the QA program.
Function as a liaison between the corporate QA director and laboratory staff at their facility.
Represent the laboratory during all external audits conducted by clients or regulatory agencies.
Conduct annual audits and inspections to assess compliance with established methods, policies and
procedures. Results of these audits are reported to the network QA director and the laboratory
director.
Maintain a document control system containing current policies and procedures utilized by the
laboratory.
Maintain various certification programs for the laboratory.
Review laboratory performance on various QC proficiency samples submitted to laboratories by state
and federal agencies.
lnfonn local and corporate management of the status of the QA program at the particular facility
through a monthly QA report.
Investigate all inquiries relative to data quality issues and follow up on corrective action if necessary.
Authority:
The quality assurance staff has the authority to stop or change any analytical procedure in order to
assure that data quality is maintained.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
The authority of the QA staff is granted by the director of the facility.
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 16 of 85
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA. Nonh Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 17 of 85
FIGURE ~.2.1 NE1WORK QUALITY ASSURANCE ORGANIZATIONAL CHART
.
IEA-U!inois
CA Manager
L. Gray
I EA-New Jersey
CA Manager
K. Gorman
IEA President IEA-Mass.achusetts
D. Houle QA Manager·
R. Peary
IEA-North Carolina
• Abave positions are part-time QA pos1bons. These individuals
also have operatJ011al 1esponsibili11es
QA Manager
L. MitcheU
IEA-Connecticut
QA Manager
M. Culik
..
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA. North Carolina Quality Assurance Prbgram
FIGURE ~.2.2 NE1WORK ORGANIZATIONAL CHART
Directol'
IEA-Mass.achusetts
M. Wheeler
Director
IEA-North C,1rolina
J. Dullaghan
IEA President Vice-President
Director
IEA-New Jel"5ey
0. Houle K Dolbow
Vice-President
Director
IEA-Connectlcul
M. Bonomo
Director
IEA-lllinois
L. LCM'is
Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
Date: ll/ I 7 /95
Page 18 of 85
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
4.3 Communications
Date: 11/17/95
Page 19 or 85
The quality assurance department communicates internally and extemaJly through various means.
Communication can take place via telephone. memoranda· or take the fonn of audit reports. At the present
time. the quality assurance department participates in a weekly conference call to discuss relevant issues and
disseminate information.
In addition, various quality assurance reports are routinely generated as discussed in section 4.5.
4.4 Document Control
A system of document control is essential to provide the framework necessary to ensure that methods and
procedures are followed in a consistent manner.
IEA has developed a centralized document control system which is maintained for the entire network and is
administered by the corporate staff located al the Cary, North Carolina facility. The document control system
provides for the following:
• A unique document control number for each document
• A central location for all documents
• A systematic method for distribution of approved documents
• A tracking system for existing documents
• Identification of document revisions
• A mechanism for periodic review of documents
• Archival of outdated material
• A focal point for information exchange
• Facilitates the establishment of standardized methods and procedures
A detailed description of the document control system is contained in IEA document number QAS00102.NET.
This document is available for inspection and review during a site visit. The Quality Assurance Manager is
responsible for ensuring that the document control system is properly managed. Any new or revised document
must be submitted to the QA Manager for review and distribution.
It is the responsibility of all members of the laboratory to maintain complete records of all operations
performed. All records shall be neat and organized. All laboratory records are the property of the laboratory
and shall not be removed from the premises without permission from supervisors. All records are considered
confidential and must be safeguarded. Unauthorized changes, loss or destruction of records can be grounds for
dismissal from the laboratory. Consult the IEA. Inc. Ethics Policy regarding integrity of data and employee
conduct.
Measurement records must be recorded in pre-printed record logs or pre-printed measurement logs. This policy
will facilitate the organization and archival of all laboratory data for future reference.
All injection forms, instrumentation forms, sample prep forms, QC forms, etc. which are used to process
samples and measurement results are described and attached to each analytical SOP. The SOP specifies where
these records and forms are cataloged and stored.
All measurement data is recorded in logbooks or on pre-printed log sheets i~ permanent ink. Transcriptions
will be avoided whenever possible. The record will reflect the measurement performed and all appropriate
details for conclusions related to the measurement. The record must be initialed and dated by the individual
perfonning the measurement on the day the measurement is performed. Corrections shall be made by drawing
a single line through the error, initialing and dating the error. All fonns will be reviewed by the QA Manager
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IE~ Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 20 or 85
periodically. If it is found that the document does not meet the requirements of the SOP, the discrepancy is
forwarded to the department supervisor/manager. Further detail on laboratory document control is found in the
Corporate SOP on Document Control (Doc #QAS00!02.NET).
4.5 QA Program Assessment
The quality assurance program can only accomplish its objectives if management and staff are committed to
adherence to the program. In order to assess continued compliance and to identify strong and weak points of
the program, the network QA management conducts annual assessments at each location.
The facility quality assurance manager conducts an annual audit of the laboratory. A copy of the audit along
with any proficiency test results obtained are submitted to the President.
A written status report is prepared monthly by each of the facility QA managers. A copy of this report is issued
to the facility laboratory director as well as the President. The corporate staff provides a summary of these
reports each month to upper management. A typical status report would include such information as:
• Changes in the quality assuraoce program
• Summary of proficiency results at each network lab
• Summary of on-time report issuance
• Changes in certification status
• Summary of system audits conducted at each network lab
• Significant QA concerns and recommendations for resolution
• Accomplishments since the previous report
4.6 Additional Lab Policies to Achieve QA Objectives
In addition to policies and procedures specified in other sections of this document there are numerous policies
and standard procedures which have been implemented to ensure that data of known quality is continually
generated by all network laboratories. Examy:es and a brief description of a few of these additional policies are
presented below:
4.6.1 Participation in EPA Water Supply and Water Pollution Proficiencies
The USEPA currently operates a Water Supply (WS) and a Water Pollution (WP) proficiency program.
Each program consists of the issuance of proficiency samples twice in a calendar year. Analysis of
proficiency samples on the second set of sample~ in a year are only required by EPA for those
parameters which the laboratory failed during the first round in a given year. As part of (EA 's QA
program, full participation and analysis of all appropriate parameters is required of all IEA labs
regardless of past performance. This serves as an important indicator on the continuing quality of data
being generated at each facility.
The laboratory also participates in the CLP. The lab currently analyzes quarterly PE samples from
EPA for the CLP program.
EPA EMSL-LV and DOE EML currently operate a round-robin proficiency program for radiological
laboratories. Each program consists of the issuance of proficiency samples two to three times in a
calendar year depending on the radionuclide. As part of (EA' s QA program, full participation and
analysis of all appropriate radionuclides is required of the radiological laboratory regardless of past
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA. North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
4.6.2
Date: II/ 17 /95
Page 21 of 85
performance. This serves as an important indicator on the continuing quality of data being generated in
the radiological laboratory.
Corporate Laboratory Performance Evaluation Program
In addition to participating in various agency sponsored perfo~ce evaluation programs such as
Water Supply (WS) aod Water Pollution (WP) studies, corporate quality assurance conducts additional
performance evaluation studies.
Periodically, performaoce evaluation samples are submitted to each laboratory for parameters which are
not addressed in other performaoce evaluation programs (i.e., TCLP testing). In this type of testing,
the laboratory is aware the samples are performance check samples but the "true" concentration values
are unknown. The results are submitted to the President for evaluation and a report is issued on the
findings. Corrective actions are 'taken if required, as a result of these test findings.
4.6.3 Routine Use of QC Check Samples
One of the most _important goals of a strong quality assurance program is to ensure that data of known
quality is consistently generated during day-to-day operations. !EA accomplishes this through the
routine inclusion of a QC check sample in every radiological and inorganic aoalytical batch (which
includes metals aod wet chemistries). For organic testing including GC aod GC/MS a QC check
sample is aoalyzed at the frequency required in the particular method. Section 8 in the Appendix
provides QC check sample requirements for selected methods. A QC check sample is ao artificially
prepared sample which contains the analytes of interest. The source of the standards used for
preparation of the check sample must be independent (either another vendor or a different lot from the
same vendor) from those used to prepare a calibration curve. The QC check sample is an important
mechanism to confirm the method is being executed properly during routine analysis. The QC check
also serves as a useful tool in identifying possible problems such as matrix interference, degraded
analytical standards, and inaccurate standard preparation.
In certain cases, reliable QC check samples are not available for a particular procedure. In such cases,
the QA manager has the authority to waive this requirement for that particular test. The QA manager
must document this waiver in writing.
4.6.4 · Central Solvent Monitoring Program
4.6.5
IEA has established a central monitoring program for commonly used solvents within the corporation.
Prior to use, a specific lot number of these solvents is provided to the laboratory for testing. The
solvents are concentrated and tested for the presence of interfering substances relative to their in~ended
use. If the particular lot of solvent passes the defined acceptaoce criteria, the vendor is notified aod the
solvent lot is reserved for use by the entire corporation. The approved lot numbers are provided to all
laboratories aod only approved solvents cao be employed. IEA Document# QAS00401.NET describes
the details of the solvent approval program aod is available for review during a site audit.
Quality Assurance Final Report Review
An integral portion of the overall quality assurance program is the consistent monitoring of final reports
as they leave !EA facilities. Each QA maoager is responsible for reviewing 5 percent of the final data
reports issued each month. The reports to be reviewed are picked at random. The reports are
reviewed for typographical errors, technical clarity and overall presentation.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ0l401.NC
4.6.6 Lateness of Data Reports
Date: 11/17/95
Page 22 of 85
!EA recognizes that one cannot overlook the timeliness of data generation when assessing the quality of
our services from our client's perspective. High quality data, when delivered several weeks late is not
acceptable. In recognition of this, [EA monitors the lateness of all reports on a monthly basis from each
-of its laboratory operations. The actual report shipment date is compared to the date originally
projected to the client. This information is gathered monthly through the QA department and a
monthly report is -issued to each laboratory director and to corporate management. This monitoring
program serves to identify service trends, and to ensure that corrective action will be taken before
problems occur.
4.6. 7 Method Detection Limit Verification
Each laboratory is required to perfonn a method detection limit study for all commonly perfonned test
methods. The study must be performed during the initial setup and verification of the particular
method. In addition, the MDL study must be conducted in the event of a major change in the technique
or instrumentation. The results of the MDL studies must be fully documented and available for rev.iew
upon request. The quality assurance manager is responsible for maintaining such records. Specific
state certification programs may require MDLs to be determined annually. If this is the case. the
laboratory will comply with this requirement.
4.6.8 Establishment of IEA Good Laboratory Practices
In order to ensu_re that various procedures are executed in a consistent and comprehensive manner, IEA
has developed a series of procedures which fall into the category of "Good Laboratory Practices".
These practices have been endorsed by the corporation for routine use at each laboratory facility and
are defined in various standard operating procedures throughout the organization. Examples of a few
of these "Good Lab Practices" are presented below for the reader's information:
A. Standardized logbook requirements (Doc# QASOI20l.NET)
Preprinted pages
Prenumbered pages
Dedicated logbooks per test method
Bound logbooks
Use of black ink only
Document controlling of logbooks
Archival of old logbooks
Acceptance criteria in logbook
Making corrections
Secondary review of logbook entries
8. Balance calibration (Doc# QAS0l002.NET)
Unique identifier for each balance
Balance must be checked daily with use and documented
Acceptance ranges are established for each balance
Balance must be checked in the weight range nonnally u_sed
All balances must be professionally serviced and calibrated annually
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA. North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
C. Temperature monitoring requirements for lab apparatus (Doc# QAS00801.NE1)
Refrigerators, freezers and lab ovens are checked each work day
Unique identifier assigned for each unit
Acceptance ranges are established for each unit
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 23 or 85
Thermometers used in monitoring must be calibrated to a NIST traceable thermometer
annually. at a minimum. State certification requirements may require more frequent calibration
All thermometers are immersed in appropriate media to avoid temperature fluctuations during
measurement
D. Correcting data and general laboratory records (Doc# QAS0!300.NE1)
All entries must be entered in black ink.
"White Out" is not to be used at any time within the laboratory for alteration or correction of
lab documents
Corrections are made using a one-line strikeout
All corrections are initialed and dated by the data editor
E. Handling reagents and analytical standards (including the following)
Stock standards receipt log
Recording receipt and expiration dates
Documenting preparation of reagents and standards
Labelling requirements
Disposal
Standards usage records (radiological)
F. Cleaning procedures for sample containers and laboratory glassware (Doc# QAS01400.NE1)
(including the following)
Cleaning sample containers
Cleaning inorganic glassware
Procedures for cleaning organic glassware
G. Requirements for general lab calibration curves (including the following)
In cases where the referenced analytical method does not provide specific guidance or
requirements for development of initial or continuing calibration curves, the following
procedure is to be utilized by the laboratory.
All standard calibration curves must consist of a minimum of three points. Any deviation from
this must be approved in writing by the facility QA manager.
All calibration points must be recalculated using the generated curve and all calibration points
must be within l0% of the expected value for the curve to be considered acceptable.
Concentration of compounds or analytes must fall within the calibration range of the curve to
be acceptable for quantitation for inorganic and organic methodology.
I
I
I
I
I
1·
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation !EA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Progr~m
H. Method blank subtraction
Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 24 of 85
Subtraction of method blanks from sample results is not permitted unless specifically
authorized by the laboratory QA manager.
4. 6.9 Quality Control Charts
Maintaining quality control charts is currently not mandatory under !EA 's corporate quality assurance
program. however, many state certification or DOE/DOD programs require them. As a result,
laboratories are required to comply with such program requirements.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation !EA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Pro~ram
5.0 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS
5.1 Introduction
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 25 of 85
IEA's management is very proud of its highly qualified and professional staff. The !EA-NC staff consists of
over 100 professionals and support personnel at both facilities which include:
5.2
Analytical Chemists
Radiochemists
Quality Assurance Specialists
Computer Systems Analysts
Environmental Technicians
Customer service Staff
Account Executives
Education and Experience
In order to ensure that employees have sufficient education and experience to perform a particular task,
requirements have been defined for each laboratory position.
The personnel who are responsible for operations of sample analyses and data validation are outlined in Section
5 of the Appendix. Section I of the appendix presents professional profiles of key personnel within the IEA-
North Carolina organi:zation. Profiles of additional IEA staff members are available for review during a facility
visit or are available upon special request.
Throughout the years, !EA has performed sophisticated environmental analysis for a significant number of large
corporations. Examples of relevant experience are available upon request.
5.3 Training
!EA is committed to furthering the technical and interpersonal skills of employees at all levels. Technical
training is accomplished within each laboratory by management to ensure method comprehension. It is at these
training sessions that staff is updated on all current technical advances. It is IEA policy that all new personnel
must demonstrate competency in performing a particular method through the analysis of QC check samples prior
to the analyst conducting analysis independently on client samples. New analysts may conduct analysis on client
samples along with another experienced analyst prior to the completion of the training period. All laboratory
personnel are required to acknowledge through signature that they have read and understood the SOP's that are
appropriate for their particular area.
All laboratory personnel must have adequate education, training, and experience to carry out their I'esponsibili-
ties. The Laboratory Management, through department managers, will periodically review the training needs of
the staff and make recommendations for any additional training. Each department within the laboratory is
responsible for personnel training. Training sessions are scheduled on a monthly basis. Each training session,
whether it be individual or group training must be documented utilizing the forms attached to the corporate SOP
for Employee Training QAS0160!.NET. The completed forms must be submitted to the Human Resource
department for placement into the employee training files. Included in the training process is analyst proficiency
testing. A successful QC check sample must be analyzed and documented for each analyst and included in
employee training file. This information is also made available to the QA Manager.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
5.4 Certifications
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 26 of 85
Table 5.4.1 presents the state certifications held by the !EA-NC laboratory. Many states certify laboratories for
specific parameters or tests within a category (i.e. method 325.2 for wastewater). The infonnation in the
following table indicates the lab is certified in a general category of testing such as drinking water or wastewater
analysis. The laboratory should be contacted-directly if parameter-specific certification information is required.
!EA-NC currently participates in the USEPA Superfund Contract Laboratory Program (CLP). The lab is also
approved to perform work for the Army Corps of Engineers which validates laboratories on a project-by-project .
basis.
This document is updated annually; therefore, it is likely that additional certifications, beyond those listed, may
be currently available. This information can be obtained easily by calling the Weston Parkway laboratory (See
Table 2.2. I for phone) and asking for the QA manager.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
TABLE 5.4.1
STATE CERTIFICATIONS
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 27 of 85
In some instances it may be necessary for environmental data to be reported to a regulatory authority with
reference to a certified laboratory. For your convenience, the laboratory identification numbers for the [EA-
North Carolina laboratory are provided in the following table. Many states certify laboratories for specific
parameters or tests within a category (i.e. method 325.2 foriwastewater). The information in the following
table indicates the lab is certified in a ge~eral category of testing such as drinking water or wastewater analysis.
The laboratory should be contacted directly if parameter-specific certification information is required.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance PrOb'l"am
I Stote
Alabama
Kansas
Massachm1etts
Florida
New Jersey
New York
North Carolina
Georgia
Kentucky
South Carolina
Teonessee
Utah
Virginia
West Virginia
Wisconsin
Cowiecticut
Ohio
California
I
IEA-North Carolina
Certification Summary (as of October, 1995)
Re,;ponsible Agency I Certification,
Department of Environmental Manaaemeot Drinking Water
Department of Health and EnvironmentaJ Drinking Water,
Services Wastewater/Solid,
Hazardous Waste
Department of Environmental Protoction Potable/Non-Potable
Water
Department of Environmental Protection, CompQAP Approval,
Department of Health and Rehabilitative Wastewater,
Services Drinking Water
Department of Environment.al Protection Drinking Water,
Wastewater,
Radiological
Department of Health Drinking Water
(Radiological only)
Division of Environmental Management Wastewater,
Department of Health, Environment and Drinking Water,
Natural Resources Radiological
Department of Natural Resources Drinking Water
Department of Environmental Protection Drinking Water
Department of Health and Drinking Water,
Eoviromuental Control Wastewater,
Hazardous Wastes
Departrueot of Health Drinking Water
Department of Health RCRA,
Drinking Water
(Radiological only)
Department of General Services Drinking Water
Department or Health Drinking Water
Department of Natural Resources Wastewater
Department of Public Heaitb and Addiction Servict Drinking Water,
Wastewater
Ohio Environmental Protection Agency Voluntary Action Program
Division of Emergency and Remedial Response
Department of Health Senices Hazardous Waste,
Drinking Water,
Wastewater,
Radiological
I
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 28 of 85
Lob Number I
40210
E-158/E-1189
M-NC039
930007G
E87439
87350
67719
67681
11422
84
37720
816
90049
99021
02914
E-226
E-206
00179
9908C
99805l0IO
PH--0135
Ct.00021
1768
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Doc# QAQ01401.NC IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program ____ .;.. _____________________________________ '
6.0 FACILITIES, EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES
6. I Introduction
The following describes the physical facilities of the [EA-North Carolina laboratories.
6.2 Facilities
IBA-North Carolina
Date: 11117195
Page 29 of 85
The largest of the IEA laboratories is located at IEA's Corporate headquarters in Cary, North Carolina. IEA's
corporate functions such as marketing, quality assurance, computer systems, human resources, facilities and
accounting are all present at this location. The facility is the base of operations for approximately 100
environmental professionals, including the mixed waste environmental laboratory Cary location and the
radiological laboratory Morrisville location.
IEA-NC, Cary, occupies a 32,000 square foot building of which approximately 70% is dedicated to the
analytical laboratories. Separate laboratory areas are dedicated to GC instrumenrntion, GC/MS instrumenrntion,
extractions for organic pafameters, sample preparation for metals analysis, metals analysis by atomic absorption
(GFAA), mernls analysis by inductively coupled plasma (ICP), mernls analysis by ICP/MS, and standards
preparation.
The laboratory is divided into eighteen (I 8) temperature controlled zones. The volatiles analysis laboratory
containing both GC and GC/MS instrumentation has a separate air handling system which is rtlaintained at a
positive pressure at all times. The semivolatiles analysis laboratory, as well as the organic sample preparation
laboratory, have separate HYAC systems that create negative pressure in the respective areas. This design
results in a contaminant-free environment for trace-level volatiles analysis.
The laboratory has twenty (20) fume hoods strategically located for a lorn! of over 119 linear feet to hood
capacity. 110/220 volt circuits power the instrumentation. Critical instrumentation such as GC/MS units, data
systems and gas chromatographs are equipped with uninterruprnble power supplies (UPS).
IEA-NC, Morrisville, is the location of the radiological laboratory. This is a separate facility in the vicinity of
the Corporate headquarters. The laboratory consists of a radiochemistry laboratory and radioactivity counting
room. Total combined area for these is approximately 2700 square feet. The radiochemistry laboratory
contains eight 6-foot fume hoods. which are of seamless PVC construction with PVC duct work for resistance to
strong acids. These hoods are equipped with a wash-down feature to rinse acidic condensate from the back
interior walls. The radiochemistry laboratory also contains over 100 linear feet of acid/chemical resistant
bench.
The radioactivity counting room contains state-of-the-art detection instrumentation, including alpha spectroscopy
and gamma counting systems. liquid scintillation counter, radon counting systems and survey instruments.
The floor plan of the each of the laboratories is included in Section 4 of the Appendix.
Security of Facilities
The laboratory is secured by a keyed access system (a card key is used system al the Cary facility). Only
authorized [EA-NC personnel have access to the facilities. All visitors must sign in with the receptionists and
must be accompanied by an [EA employee.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Pro~ram Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Pa~e 30 of 85
The sample receipt and storage area is under the responsibility of the sample custodian at the Cary facility.
This area is a locked, secure area opened by the sample management department each day. A walk-in
refrigeration unit and strategically located, locked commercial refrigerator units are used to house samples
waiting for analysis. Samples for volatile analysis are stored in separate units located within the volatile-free
environment of the volatiles laboratory. Locked laboratory refrigerators, located throughout the laboratory, are
used to maintain sample extracts or laboratory reagents. Each laboratory refrigerator is dedicated to sample,
sample extract. or reagent storage. Transfer of samples to the radiological laboratory is completed with
documented chain of custody.
6.3 Equipment
The following is a summary listing of equipment utilized at the !EA-NC facilities. A more detailed listing is
presented in Table 6.3.1.
Analytical instrumentation at IEA-North Carolina includes:
8 Gas Chromatographs/Mass Spectrometers (GC/MS)
18 Gas Chromatographs (GC)
2 High Pressure Liquid Chromatographs (HPLC)
4 Atomic Absorption Spectrometers (Graphite Furnace/ AA)
2 Inductively Coupled Argon Plasma (ICP) Emission Spectrometer
I Inductively Coupled Argon Plasma (JCP) Emission Spectrometer/
Mass Spectrometer
2 Gd Permeation Chromatographs
I Infrared Spectrometer (JR)
1 Total Organic Halide (TOX) Analyzer
1 Total Organic Carbon Analyzer
I Mercury Analyzer
2 Automated Analyzer for Wet Chemistries
1 Liquid Scintillation Counter
2 Gamma Spectroscopy System Detectors
32 Alpha Spectroscopy System Detectors
1 Radon Counting System w/20 Lucas Cells
6 Radiation Survey Instruments
2 LIMS (Laboratory Information Management System)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
Table 6.3.1-Laboratory Equipment Listing
WET CHEMISTRY
Equipment Name Manufacturer
Spectrophotometer. UV -VIS Bausch & Lomb
Spectrophotometer, UV -VIS Milton Roy
Turbidimeter HF Instruments
TOC Analyzer Rosemount/Dohrmann
TOX Analyzer Mitsubishi
Titrimeter. Coulomatic K-F Fisher
pH/M V Meter (2) Fisher
pH/MY Meter Fisher
Conductivity Meter YSI
Flash Point Apparatus Pensky Martens
Incubator, Low Temp. (2) Fisher
Balance Fisher
Centrifuge !EC
RO/DI Water System Millipore/Barnstead
Water Bath Precision
D.O. Meter Orion
Autoclave Market Forge
COD Reactor HACH
Muffle Furnace Fisher
TKN block digestor Bran-Lubbe
Semiautomated Analyzer (2) LACHAT
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17 /95
Page 31 of 8S
Model Number
Spectronic 21
Spectronic 120 I
DRT-100D
DC-180
TOX-10
447
805 MP
825 MP
32
Closed Cup
307
XA200
HN-S11
18 Megohm-cm
Coliform Incubator
97-08-00
Sterilmatic
-
497
BD-40
Quikchem
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation !EA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
Table 6.3.1-Laboratory Equipment Listing
METALS
Equipment Name Manufacturer
Mercury Analyzer LDC
-ICP-Simultaneous ThermoJarrell-Ash
ICP-Simultaneous ThermoJarrell-Ash
lCP/MS VG
Furnace AA (2) Perkin-Elmer
Atomic Absorption (AA) Perkin-Elmer
Furnace AA ThermoJarrell-Ash
ORGANIC EXTRACTIONS
Equipment Name Manufacturer
lR Spectrophotometer Buck Scientific
Gel Permeation Chromatograph Waters
Gel Permeation Chromatograph Waters
Balance Fisher
Balance (2) Fisher
Balance Fisher
Sonicator (9) Tekmar
Floor Shaker (2) Glas-Col
N-EV AP Evaporator Organomation
Gas Chromatograph Hewlett-Packard
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: II/ 17 /95
Page 32 of 85
Model Number
3200
6IE
6IE (Trace)
Plasmaquad U
Z5100
5000
4000
Model Number
404
486
484
XE400
XL400D
2200
-
VS5504
115 Meyer
5890 Series U
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assuranee Program
Table 6.3.1-Laboratory Equipment Listing
GC/MS VOLATILES
Equipment Name Manufacturer
GC/MS (3) Hewlett-Packard
GC/MS (2) Hewlett-Packard
Purge & Trap (5) Tekmar
Purge & Trap ( 5) Tekmar
Data System (2) Hewlett-Packard
DOS Chemstation (5) Hewlett Packard
Printers (5) Hewlett Packard
.GC/MS SEll-IT-VOLATILE
Equipment Name Manufacturer
GC/MS (3) Hewlett-Packard
Auto Sampler (3) Hewlett Packard
DOS Chemstation (3) Hewlett Packard
Printer (3) Hewlett Packard
Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 33 or 85
Model Number
5890GC/5970BMSD
5890GC/597 I MSD
LSC 2000
ALS 2016
HP6000 660S
Enviroquant
LaserJet IV
Model Number
5890GC/597 l AMSD
76732A
Enviroquant
LaserJet IV
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
Table 6.3.1-Laboratory Equipment Listing
GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY
Volatiles
Equipment Name Manufacturer
GC Hewlett-Packard
GC Perkin-Elmer
GC Tracor
GC (2) Tracor
Purge & Trap (I) Tekmar
Purge & Trap (3) Tekmar
Purge & Trap (4) Tekmar
Purge & Trap (1) Tekmar
Purge & Trap (I) Tekmar
Printers (I) Hewlett-Packard
GAS/LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPHY
Semi-Volatiles
Equipment Name Manufacturer
GC (7) Hewlett-Packard
GC Perkin-Elkmer
GC (3) Tracor
GC (2) Perkin-Elmer
HPLC (2) Waters
Printer Hewlett-Packard
Printer Epson
Data System (2) Hewlett-Packard
Autocycle Tracor
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Dale: 11/17/95
PaMe 34 of 85
Model Number
5890
8500
9000
540
LSC-3000
LSC-2000
ALS-2016
LSC
ALS
Rugged Writer
Model Number
5890
300
540
Sigma Series
600E
LaserJet IV
FX-850
3350A
GC-IIIV
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
Table 6.3.1-Laboratory Equipment Listing
Autosampler (7) Hewlett-Packard
Autosampler Perkin-Elmer
RADIOCHEMISTRY
Equipment Name Manufacturer
Gamma Counting Instrumentation Canberra
Alpha Spectroscopy System Canberra
Alpha/Beta Counting System Canberra
Liquid Scintillation Counter Packard
Lucas Cells Ludlum
Micro-R Survey Instruments Eberline
Radiation Monitors Eberline
Hand Probe Survey Instrument Eberline
Printers (3) Hewlett-Packard
Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
7673
Date: I 1/17/95
Page 35 of 85
AS-300
Model Number
~20% HPGe
7401 w/ PIP Detectors
HT-1000
2550 TR/AB
182
ASP-1/SPA-8
RM-14S
HP-210AL
LaserJet
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Pro2ram
6.4 Instrument Maintenance
Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 36 of 85
The !EA-NC laboratory has in-house service for major instruments. This is provided through an experienced,
qualified service technician who performs routine preventive maintenance according to the manufacturer's
requirements. Additionally the laboratory maintains an inventory of expendable parts and supplies to minimize
downtime and to allow laboratory personnel to make minor repairs if necessary.
Preventive maintenance schedules should be maintained for each instrument which is to be followed by in-house
and extramural repair contractors. In addition. each measurement group must maintain a log of all in-house and
extramural preventive maintenance activities. Table 6.4. l presents examples of general measures which are
performed throughout the laboratory.
I IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
I
I Table 6.4.1 Laboratory Preventative Maintenance
I GC/MS SYSTEMS
EQUIPMENT ACTION PERFORMED
Hewlett-Packard S890GC/ Change autosampler wash bottles
5970/5971MSD
Check water level and operating condition in cooling water circulators
Replace injection port liners
0 Inspect and replace septa
Column cutting and reinstallation
0 Ion source cleaning and filament replacement
Inspect the pump hoses and replace if required
Inspect gas filters on carrier gas lines
Change exhaust trap absorbent
I Column replacement and cond\tioning
Manual tuning
Remove and clean or replace jet separator
I EQUIPMENT ACTION PERFORMED
Hewlett-Packard 7673A lnspect syringe
I Autosampler
Inspect seating of injector
I Change rinse vials
Change waste vials
I Replace syringe
Reset control box
I Tekmar Purge and Trap Inspect spargers and fittings
Sample Concentrators and
Autosamplers
I Check purge tlow
Inspect line and valve temperatures
I Change and condition trap
I
I
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: II/ 17 /95
Pa~e 37 or 85
FREQUENCY
E.ach Sequence
WeekJy
Daily
Daily
Daily
As needed
Every 6 months
Routinely
Every 6 months
As Needed
Method Specified
As needed
FREQUENCY
Daily
Daily
Daily
Weelcly
As needed
As needed
Daily
Daily
Daily
As needed
I IEA Corporation !EA. North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
I
I Table 6.4.1 Laboratory Preventative Maintenance
n EQUIPMENT ACTION PERFORMED
Tdanar Purge and Trap Adjust purge flow
Sample
I Concentrators and
Autosamplers
Rinse or clean sparging vessels
R Rinse sample lines .
Bake out trap
I Replace lines and fittings
I
Adjust line and valve temperatures
I
I GC SY~7"EMS
EQUIPMENT ACTION PERFORMED
I Hewlett-Pack.arc! 5890A GC -Chee!( breakdown criteria
Dual ECO
Vacuum filters and grills
I Column replacement and conditioning
Column cutting and reinstallation
I Change septum
Replace guard column
I Clean injection port
Recondition ECO
I Change ECD vent absorbent traps
I
I
I
I
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 38 of 85
FREQUENCY
As needed
As needed
As needed
After each analysis,
extend as needed
As needed
As needed
FREQUENCY
As required by run
sequence
Quarterly
As needed
As need«!
As needed
As needed
As needed
As needed
Quarterly
I IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
I
I Table 6.4.1 Laboratory Preventative Maintenance
I EQUIPMENT ACTION PERFORMED
Hewlett-Packard 5890A GC Check: gas tlow
ECD/FPD
D lnject solvent blank
I Column replacement and conditioning -
Column cutting and reinstallation
I Change liner and septum
Clean injection port
I Perkin-Elmer Sigma 300 GC Check gas flow
Inject solvent blank
I Column replacement and conditioning
I
Change injection port seplum
Clean or replace ECO anode
Column cutting and reinstallation
I Change liner and septum
Change ECD vent absorbent trap
I Hewlett-Packard 7673 Dual Inspect syringe
Tower Autosampler
I Inspect seating of injector
Inspect rinse and waste vials
I Replace syringe
Change rinse and waste vials
I EQUIPMENT ACTION PERFORMED
Perkin-Elmer AS-3008 Inspect syringe
Autosampler
I Inspect rinse and waste vials
Check flushing efficiency
I Ch:an or replace syringe
Change rinse and waste vials
I Change diverter valve septum
I
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 39 of 85
FREQUENCY
Daily,
Start of Sequence
Daily,
Start of sequence
As needed
As needed
As needed
As needed
Daily,
Start of Sequence
Daily,
Start of Sequence
As needed
As needed
As needed
As needed
As needed
Quarterly
Daily
Daily
Daily
As needed
As needed
FREQUENCY
Daily
Daily
Daily
As needed
As needed
As needed
I IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
I
I Table 6.4.1 Laboratory Preventative ~Iaintenance
D METALS SYSTEMS
Graphite Furnace Clean contact rings, furnace housing and quartz windows
I Inspect, clean or replace graphite tubes
Replenish matrix modifiers
I -Check lamp alignments and energies
Clean mirrors for the optical sensors
I Clean windows on furnace housing
Inspect contact rings for excessive wear
I Cht!ck optical temperature sensors (non-Zeeman models only)
lnductivdy Coupled Plasma Change capillary and pump tubing
I Replace liquid argon tank
Reprofile via slit micrometer
I Replace and realign plasma torch
Clean nebulizer and spray chamber
I Mercury Analyzer Clean sample cell and tubing
Check. sparger condition
I Check. level of mercury scrubber solution
Replace lamps
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 40 of 85
Daily
As needed'
Daily
Daily
Weekly
Weekly
Monthly
Monthly
Weekly
As required
Daily or per Run
As needed
As needed
Monthly
Daily
Daily
As required
I IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
I Table 6-4.1 Laboratory Preventative Maintenance
I WET CHE~nSTRV SYSTEMS
EQUIPMENT ACTION PERFORMED
D pH Meters Clean electrode if calibration has deteriorated
Store pH electrodes in pH 7 .0 buffer
I
Check ISE electrodes and meter
Analytical Balances Surfaces cleaned and covered
I
Calibrated and cleaned by manufacturer
Accuracy checked by class ·s• weights
I
Conductivity Meters Instrument surfaces inspected and cleaned
Calibrated using 0.0IM potassium chloride
Spare cells on inventory
I Spectrophotomelers lns1rument cleaned
Total Organic Halogen Instrument cleaned
I Analyzer (fOX)
Perform cell performance checks
I Flush cells and check heated tapes
Inspect sample boats, inlet and exit tubes, o-rings and seals
I Autoanalyzer Systems Clean all components and flush system
Inspect all pump rubes and sample lines
I Inspect line coils, heating baths and filters
Inspect all colorimeter fillers
I Clean and oil pump system
Inspect and clean chemical manifolds
I
I
I
I
I
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11117195
Page 41 of 85
FREQUENCY
As needed
Daily
Per manual
Daily
Annually
Prior to use
Daily
Daily
As needed
Daily use
Daily use
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily use
Daily use
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Monthly
I IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
I
I Table 6.4.1 Laboratory Preventative i.\ilaintenance
I RADIOCHEMISTRY SYSTEMS
I EQUIPMENT ACTION PERFORMED
Low Background ~lpha/Beta Check P-10 gas level
Counter
I Inspect sample drawers and computer console
Alpha Spectroscopy Sys1em Inspect alpha door seals
I Inspect alpha specs visually
Change vacuum pump oil
I Gt1mma Spectroscopy System Top off detector liquid nitrog,m
Inspect detectors visually
I Check operating voltage
Liquid Scintillation Counters Clt!.11.n quenched standards vials
I Lucas Cells Clean PMT windows
Check NIM voltage
I Check switch on PMT
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 42 ol 85
FREQUENCY
Daily
Monthly
Daily
Monthly
Every 6 months
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Monthly
Monthly
Prior to use
Prior to use
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
n
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
7.1 Introduction
7.0 DATA GENERATION
Date: 11/17195
PaKe 43 of 8S
There are numerous policies and standard procedures which have been implemented to ensure that data of
known quality is continually generated by the !EA-NC laboratory facilities. The !EA Corporate and Laboratory
Facility Quality Assurance Plans are examples of documents which are generated. Guidelines for the facility
QA plans are detailed in section 7.2.1 of the Corporate Quality Assurance Program Plan Doc#QAQ00102.NET.
7.2 Quality Assurance Project Plans
Quality Assurance Project Plans (QAPjP) are developed to meet contract and agency requirements on a project
specific basis, should the project be of such complexity to warrant preparation of such a document. These plans
discuss specific terms, policies, objectives and QA activities designed to achieve the data quality objectives of
the project.
All QA project plans are written in accordance with the following USEPA Document: USEPA Guidelines and
Specification for Preparing Oualitv Assurance Project Plans. QAMS-005/80, Washington DC: USEPA, Quality
Assurance Management Staff, October I 7, 1980.
Guidelines for preparing QA project plans are also detailed in the Corporate Quality Assurance Program Plan
Doc#QAQ00102.NET.
7.3 Methods
!EA-NC utilizes a wide variety of analytical methods. A listing of general analytical capabilities is presented in
Table 7.3. l. Section 8 of.the Appendix lists the analytical method and detection limits associated with various
analytical procedures.
Each department is required to have a written standard operating procedure (SOP) in use which describes how
the requirements of the method are met. All SOPs must be prepared in accordance with IEA
Doc.#QAS00200.NET.
Analytical methodologies and quality assurance protocols in use are based on the following guidelines:
"Methods of Organic Chemical Analysis of Municipal and Industrial Wastewater", Federal Register Vol. 49,
No. 209, October 26, 1984;
"Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste", SW-846 Third Edition, September 1986, USEPA;
"Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater" 1985, 14th, 15th and 16th Edition;
"Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes" March 1983, EMSL, EPA;
"Manual of Analytical Methods for the Analysis of Pesticides in Humans and Environmental Samples", EPA
600/8-80-038, June 1980;
Organic Analysis: Multi-media, Multi-Concentration-IFB-CLP, January 1991, Document Number OLMO! .9
(plus revisions);
Organic Analysis: Multi-media, Multi-Concentration-lFB-CLP, Document Number OLM03.0 (plus
revisions);
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
n
IEA Corporation !EA. Nonh Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11117195
Page 44 of 85
Inorganic Analysis: Multi-media, Multi-Concentration-IFB-CLP, Document Number ILM03.0 (plus
revisions);
"Handbook for Analytical Quality Control in Water and Wastewater Laboratories", EPA-600/4-79--019,
March 1979;
National Enforcement Investigation Center Policies and Procedures Manual, EPA-330/9/78/001-R, Revised
May 1986
"Manual for the Certification of Laboratories Analyzing Drinking Water", April 1990, EPA/570/9-90/008.
"EML Procedures Manual", HASL-300, November 1990, 27th Edition.
"Prescribed Procedures for Measurement of Radioactivity in Drinking Water". EPA-600/4-80--032, August
1980.
"Health and Environmental Chemistry: Analytical Techniques, Data Management, and Quality Assurance"
LA-10300-M, Vol. 1-3 Manual, Los Alamos National Laboratory, April 1992.
"Radiochemical Analytical Procedures for Analysis of Environmental Samples," EMSL-LV 0539-17.
"DOE Methods Compendium"
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation !EA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
TABLE 7.3.1
Date: 11/17/95
Page 45 of 85
!EA-NC ANALYTICAL CAPABILITIES
I. ORGANICS-QC/MS
Vo!.atile Organics-524
Volatile Organics-8240/8260
Volatile Organics-CLP
Volatile Organics-CLP Low Concentration
Volatile Organics-624
Acid & Base/Neutrals-8270
Acid & Base/Neutrals-CLP
Acid & Base/Neutrals-625
lII. INORGANIC METALS
ICP Metals
Furnace Metals
CLP Metals
ICP/MS Metals
V. INORGANIC WET CHEMISTRY
Acidity
Alkalinity
Ammonia
Bicarbona1e
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)
Bromide
Chloride
Chemical Oxygen Demand
Color
Conductivity
Chromium (VO
Cyanide -Amenable
Cyanide -Total
Cyanide -CLP
Dissolved Oxygen
Flashpoint
Fluoride
Total Hydrocarbon Analysis
Nitrate
Nitrite
Nitrate/Nitrite
Oil and Grease
Paint Filter Test
pH
Phenols
lI. ORGANICS-QC
Organohalide Pesticides & PCBs-608
Organohalide Pesticides & PCBs-8080
Organohalide Pesticides & PCBs-CLP
Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons-610
Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons-8310
Ch!0rinated Herbicides-8150
Volatile Aromatics-60 I /80 I 0/8021
Volatile Halogens-602/8020/8021
Petroleum Hydrocarbons-8015M/CA Luft
lV. BIOLOGICAL ANALYSES
Total Coliform
Fecal Coliform
Standard Plate Count
Phosphate
Phosphorus
Settleable Solids
Silica
Specific Gravity
Sulfate
Sulfide
Sulfite
Total Dissolved Solids
Total Kjcldahl Nitrogen
.Total Organic Carbon
Total Organic Halides
Total Solids
Total Suspended Solids
Turbidity
Volatile Solids
Corrosivity Characteristics
Ignitability Characteristics
Reactivity Characteristics
EPTOX
TCLP/ZHE
California. WET
VI. RADIOLOGICAL
Gross Alpha/Beta
Total Radium
Radium 226/228
Gamma Spectroscopy
Strontium-90
Isotopic Analyses (Thorium, Plutonium, Uranium,
Lead 210, Americium, Polonium)
Technetium-99
Tritium
I IEA Corporation [EA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
I
I
I Table 7.3.2 >'UMMARY OF QC REQUIREMENTS FOR
EPA VOLATILE ORGANIC ANALYSIS METHODS
Water and
I Drinking Water Wastewater RCRA Solid Waste
Analysis Analysis Analysis
Requiremet1t Method 524 Method 624 Methods 8240/8260
I Tumng 25 ng BFB 50 ng BFB .. 50 ng BFB
Frequency 8 hrs Daily 12 hrs
Criteria See following page See following page See following page
I Initial Calibration 3-5 standards 3 standards 5 standards
Maximum % RSD <20% <35% CCC <30%•
Minimum RRF NS NS SPCC ,>0.250--0.300•
I Continuing Calibration
Frequency 8 hrs Daily 12 hrs
Maximum %D ±30% QC Limits CCC ±25%*
Minimum RRF NS NS SPCC >0.250-0.300•
I IS Area ±30% of last CC or NS -50 to + 100% of last CC
+50% of IC
QC Check Sample/LCS
I Frequency Quarterly Daily Each batch or if MS
% recovery not in
QC limits
Criteria QC Limits* QC Limits* QC Limits*
I Method Blank
Frequency Daily Daily 12 hrs
Criteria <MDL In control In control
I Spil<es Blank spike Matrix spike Matrix spike
Frequency Daily or 5% 5% 5%
% Recovery 80-120% QC Limits* QC Limits*
I Duplicates BS duplicate Field duplicate MS duplicate or sample
duplicate
Frequency Quarterly NS 5%
Precision <20% RSD NS SD Limits*
I Sample Analysis
Holding time 14 days 14 days 14 days
I
Internal standards I @2-!0ug/L 3 @ 30 ug/L 3-4@ 50 ug/L
Criteria NS NS NS
Surrogate 2@5ug/L 3 @ 30 ug/L 3@ 50 ug/L
Criteria 80-120% NS See following page
I Analyte ID RT ±3x SD window RT ±30 sec RRT ±0.06
3 ions ±20% 3 ions ±20% Ions > 10% ±20%
I *For complete information refer to method or protocol
I
I
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11117/95
Page 46 of 85
Superfund Hazardous
Waste Analysis
CLP SOW OLM0l.9
50 ng BFB
12 hrs
See following page
5 standards
<20.5%*
0.01-0.500•
12 hrs
±25.0%•
0.01-0.500•
NS
NS
QC Limits*
12 hrs
<CRQL*
Matrix spike
5% or 1/SDG
QC Limits*
MS duplicate
5%or 1/SDG
RPO Limits*
10 days from receipt
3 @ 50 ug/L
Area -50 to + IO0T
RT ±30 sec
3 @ 50 ug/L
See following page
RRT ±0.06
Ions > 10% ±20%
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Compound
4-Bromofluorobenzene
l ,2-Dichloroethane-d4
Toluene-d8
Dibromofluoromethane
Method Compound
Benzene
Chlorobenzene
l, 1-Dichloroethane
Toluene
Trichloroethene
BFB Ion Abundance
Criteri.t
50-% of mass 95
75 -% of mass 95
95
96 -% of mass 95
173 -% of mass 174
174 -% of mass 95
175 -% of mass 174
176 -% of mass 174
177-% of mass 176
SUMMARY OF VOLATILE SURROGATE RECOVERY LlMITS
Method 524 Method 624 Method 8240 Method 8240 Method 8260 Method 8260
(%) (%) Waler(%) Soil (%) Water(%) Soil(%)
80-120 NS 86-115 74-121 86-115 74-121
80-120 NS 76-114 70-121 NS NS
NS NS 86-110 81-117 88-110 81-117
NS NS NS NS 86-118 80-120
SUMMARY OF VOLATILE SPIKE RECOVERY LThDTS
Method 524 (%) Method 624 (%)• Method 8240 (%) CLP SOW Soil (%)
80-120 37-151 37-151 66-142
80-120 37-160 37-160 60-133
80-120 59-155 59-155 59-172
80-120 47-150 47-150 59-139
80-120 71-157 71-157 62-137
SUMMARY OF INSTRUMENT TUNING REQUIREMENTS
Date: 11/17/95
Page 47 of 85
CLP SOW CLP SOW
Water(%) Soil(%)
86-J 15 59-113
76-114 70-121
88-1 IO 84-138
NS NS
CLP SOW Water(%)
76-127
75-130
61-145
76-125
71-120
I
Methods 8240/8260 CLP SOW OLM03.1
Method 524 (%) Method 624 (%) (%) (%)
15-40 15-40 15-40 8.0-40.0
30-80 30-60 30-60 33.0-66.0
100. JOO JOO 100.0
5-9 5-9 5-9 5.0-9.0
<2 <2 <2 <2.0
>50 >50 >50 50.0-120.0
5-9 5-9 5-9 4.0-9.0
95-101 95-101 95-101 93.0-101.0
5-9 5-9 5-9 5.0-9.0
"'For complete infonnation refer 10 method or protocol
I
'
I
I IEA Corporation IEA. North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
I
I
I TABLE 7.3.2 SUMMARY OF QC REQUIREMENTS FOR
EPA SEMI-VOLATILE ORGANIC ANALYSIS METHODS
I Water and Wastewater RCRA Solid Waste Analysis
Requirement Analysis Method 62S Method 8270
I
Tuning 50 ng DFTPP 50 ng DFrPP
Frequency Daily 12 hrs
Criteria See following page See following page
Initial Calibration 3 standards 5 standards
I Maximum %RSD <35% CCC <30%•
Minimum RRF NS SPCC >0.050•
Continuing Calibration
I Frequency Daily 12 hrs
Maximum %D ±20% CCC ±30%•
Minimum RRF NS SPCC >0.050•
IS Area NS -50 to + 100% of last CC
I QC Check Sample/LCS
Frequency ,;5% If MS % recovery
Criteria not in QC limits
I QC Limits* QC Limits•
Method Blank
Frequency I per hatch l per batch
I Criteria In control In control
Spil«s Matrix spike Matrix spike
Frequency 5% 5%
I % Recovery QC Limits• QC Limits•
Duplicate; Field duplicates MS duplicate or
Frequency sample duplicate
Precision NS 5%
I NS SD Limits•
Sample Analysis
Holding Time
I Water extraction 7 days 7 days
Soil extraction NA 14 days
I Analysis 40 days from extraction 40 days from extraction
Internal standards 3 6@40 ug/L
Criteria NS NS
I Surrogate 3@ 100 ug/L 6@ 100-200 ug/L
Criteria NS See following page
Analyte ID RT ±30 sec RRT ±0.06
3 ions ±:0% Ions > 10% ±20%
I •For complete information refer to mt:thod or protocol
I
I
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Pa~e 48 or 85
Superfund Hazardous Waste
Analysis
CLP SOW OLM0J.I
50 ng DFTPP
12 hrs
See following page
5 standards
<20.5%•
0.01-1.300•
12 hrs
±25%•
0.01-1 .300•
NS
NS
NS
l per batch
<CRQL•
Matrix spike
5% or 1/SDG
QC Limits•
MS duplicate
5% or 1/SOG
RPO Limits•
5 days from receipt
10 days from receipt
40 days from extraction
6@ 20 ug/L
Area -501+ 100%
RT ±30 sec
8 @ 100-150 ug/L
See following page
RRT ±0.06
Ions > 10% ±20%
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
I SUMMARY OF SEMI-VOLATILE SURROGATE RECOVERY Ll~OTS
Compound Method 625 (%) Method 8270 Method 8270 CLP SO\¥ Water
Water(%) Soil (%) (%)
Nitrobenzene-dS NS 35-114 23-120 34-114
2-Fluorobiphenyl NS 43-116 30-115 43-116
p-T erphenyl-d 14 NS 33-141 18-137 33-141
Phenol-d6 NS 10-94 24-113 10-110
2-Fluorophenol NS 21-100 25-121 21-110
2,4,6-Tribromophenol NS 10-123 19-122 10-123
I ,2-Dichlorobenzene-d4 NS NS NA 16-110 ..
2-Chlorophenol-d4 NS NS NA 33-110 ..
I SUMMARY OF SEMI-VOLATILE SPIKE RECOVERY Ll~OTS
Compound Method 625 (%) Method 8270 (%) CLP SOW Water(%)
Acenaphthene 47-145 47-145 46-118
1,4-Dichlorobenzene 20-124 20-124 36-97
2,4-Dinitroioluene D-112 0-112 24-96
N-Nitroso-Ji-n-propylamine D-230 0-230 41-116
Pyrene 52-115 52-115 26-127
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 44-142 44-142 39-98
4-Chloro-3-methylphenol 22-147 22-147 23-97
2-Chlorophenol 23-134 23-134 27-123
4-Nitrophenol D-132 D-132 10-80
Pentachlorophenol 14-176 14-176 9-103
Phenol 5-112 5-112 12-110
**Advisory
Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 49 of 85
CLP SOW Soil
(%)
23-120
30-115
18-137
24-113
25-121
19-122
20-130••
20-130••
CLP SOW Soil(%)
31-137
28-104
28-89
41-126
35-142
38-107
26-103
25-102
11-114
17-109
26-90
I
I
I IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
I
I
I I SUMMARY OF GC/MS INSTRUMENT TUNING REQUlREMENTS
DFTPP Ion I Abundance Criteria Method 525 (%) Method 625 (%) Method 8270 (%)
51 -% of mass 198 l0-80 30-60 30-60
I 68 -% of mass 69 <2 <2 <2
70-% of mass 69 <2 <2 <2
I 127 -% of mass 198 l0-80 ' 40-60 40-60
197 -% of mass 198 <2 <1 <1
I 198 100 100 100
199 -% of mass 198 5-9 5-9 5-9
I 275 -% of mass 198 10-60 l0-30 l0-30
365 -% of mass 198 >1 >1 >I
441 < mass 443 < mass 443 <mass 443 I 442 -% of mass 198 >50 >40 >40
443 -% of mass 442 15-24 I 7-23 17-23
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CLP SOW(%)
30.0-80.0
<2.0
Present
25.0-75.0
<1.0
100
5.0-9.0
l0.0-30.0
>0.75
<mass 443
40.0-1 l0.0
15.0-24.0
I
Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
Date: 11/17195
Page 50 of 85
I IEA Corporation [EA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
I
I
I TABLE 7.3.2 SUMMARY OF QC REQUIREMENTS FOR
PESTICIDE/PCB ANALYSIS METHODS
Water and Wastewater RCRA SW-846 Solid Waste
I Requirement Analysis Method 608 Analysis Method 8080
Initial Calibration 3 standards 5 standards
I Maximum % RSD <10% <20%
DDT/Endrin Breakdown NS <20% each
Resolution NS NS
I Cootin~ Calibration Mid-level standard Mid-level standard
Frequency Daily Daily/IQ samples
Maximum %D ±15% ±15%
RT Criteria NS QC Limits•
I QC Check Sample/LCS
Frequency s 10% If MS % recovery
not in QC limits
I Criteria QC Limits• QC Limits•
Method Blank
Frequency I/batch I/batch
I Criteria In conirol In control
Spikes Matrix spike Matrix spike
Frequency 10% 5%
I % Recovery QC Limits* QC Limits*
Duplicates Field duplicate MSD or sample duplicate
Frequency NS 5%
I
Precision NS SD Limits*
Sample Analysis
Holding Time
I
Water extraction 7 days 7 days
Soil extraction NA 14 days
Analysis 40 days 40 days
I Analyte ID RT within 3x. SD of RT within Jx SD of
std. RT window std. RT window
ConfiTTTlation 2nd column for 2nd column for
I unknown samples positive ID
I
I
I
I
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11117195
Page 51 of 85
Superfuod Hazardou.~ Waste
Analys;,; CLP SOW OLM03.l
3 standards (I for
multicomponent)
<20.0-30.0%•
<20.0% each, <30.0% Total
90-110%•
Mid-level standard
12 hrs
±25.0%
+0.05-0.07 min of mean RT
NS
QC Limits•
I /batch
<CRQL
Matrix spike
5% or 1/SDG
QC Limits*
MSD
5% or 1/SDG
RPD Limits*
5 days VfSR
10 days VfSR
40 days
RT ±0.05-0.07 min of std.
RT on both columns;
Cone. ±25.0%
2 column required;
GC/MS if > 10 ng/uL
I IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality A.ssuranc~ Program
I
I
I
I I SUMMARY OF PESfICIDE SURROGATE RECOVERY LIMITS
Compound Method 508 (%) Method 608 Method 8080
I Tetrachloro-m-:icylene NS NS Lab limits
Decachlorobiph1myl NS NS Lab limits
I Dibucylchlorendate NS NS Lab limits
I
I
I I ~lJMMARY OF PESTICIDE SPIKE RECOVERY LI~UTS
Compound Method 608 (%) Method 8080 (%) CLP SOW Water(%)
I gamma-BHC 19-140 19-140 56-123
(Lindane)
I Aldrin 42-122 42-122 40-120
Dieldrin 36-146 36-146 52-126
I 4,4'-DDT 25-160 25-160 38-127
Endrin 30-147 30-147 56-121
I Heptachlor 34-111 34-1 I I 40-131
I
I
I
I
I
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11117 /95
Page 52 o( 85
CLP SOW(%)
60-150
60-150
NS
CLP SOW Soil(%)
46-127
34-132
31-134
23-134
42-139
35-I JO
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA C9rporation !EA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program ~c# QAQ01401.N<.:
Date: 11/17/95
Page 53 or 85
TABLE 7.3.2 SUMMARY OF QC REQUIREMENTS FOR EPA METALS ANALYSIS METHODS USING ATO~UC ABSORPTION (AA)
SPECTROSCOPY
Water :wd Wastewater Analysis RCRA Solid Waste AnaJysis Superfund Hazardous Waste
Requirement Method 200.7 Method 7000 Analysi,;
CLP SOW ILM03.0
Initial Calibration 3 standards and a blank 3 standards and a blank 3 standards an~ a blank
Frequency Daily Daily Daily or ever)' 24 hrs
Criteria r ;a:0.995 r ~0.995 r =!0.995
Calibration Verification A standard at mid-range Mid-range standard Mid-range standard
Frequency After initial calibration and Every JO samples Beginning, end, and every
every 20 iamples 10 samples or every 2 hrs
Criteria 90-1 10 % recovery ICY: 90-1 IO% recovery 90-110 % recovery
CCV: 80-120 % recovery Hg: 80-120 % recovery
Detection Llmits NS NS Standard at the CRDL or IDL
Standard NS NS Beginning of each sample run
Frequency NS NS EPA QC limits
Criteria
Calibration Blanks
Frequency After each calibi"ation After each calibration Beginning, end, and every
Criteria 10 samples or every 2 hrs
NS NS All analytes S CRDL
Preparation Blanks
Frequency Each digestion batch Each digestion batch I per digestion batch
Criteria NS NS All analytes S CRDL
QC Check Sample/LCS
Frequency NS I per batch I per matrix per SDG or digestion
Criteria NS NS batch
80-120 % recovery
Matrix Spike Samples
Frequency 10% or I per hatch 5% or I per batch 5% or 1 per SDG per matrix per
Criteria level (predigestion)
NS NS 75-125% recovery
Duplicate Samples 5 % or I per SDG per matrix per
Frequency 10% or I per batch 5 % or 1 per batch level (predigestion)
Criteria NS NS :S20% RPO for values ~5 x CRDL
± 1 x CRDL for values < 5 x CRDL
Furnace Quality Control
Frequency MSA as needed MSA as needed Duplicate injections on all; Post
Serial dilution: digestion spikes on all samples,
I per batch per matrix blanks, and LCS; MSA as needed
Criteria NS MSA: r2!0.995 Duplicate injections: 520% RSD/CV
5¥ dilution within ± 10% Spikes: 85-115% recovery
MSA: r~0.995
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA <;:orporation !EA -North Carolina Quality Assurance PrOb'l"am Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Requirement
Initial Calibratioo
Frequency
Calibration
Verification
Frequ,mcy
Criteria
Other Standards
Frequency
Criteria
Interference Check
Sample
Frequency
Criteria
Calibration Blanks
Frequency
Criteria
Preparation Blanks
Frequency
Criteria
QC Check
Sumple/LCS
Frequency
Criteria
Matrix Spike
Sumpl'5
Frequency
Criteria
Duplicate Samples
Frequency
Criteria
Serial Dilutio11
Frequency
Criteria
Date: 11/17/95
Page 54 ol 85
TABLE 7.3.2 ~lJMMARY OF QC REQUIREMENTS FOR EPA METALS ANALY~1S METHODS
USING INDUCTIVELY COUPLED PLASMA OCP) SPECTROSCOPY
Water and Wastewater RCRA Solid Waste Analysis Superfwid Hazardous Waste
Method 200.7 Method 6010 Analysis
CLP SOW ILM03.0
I standard and a blank I standard and a blank I standard and a blank
Daily Daily Daily or every 24 hrs
Mid-range standard Mid-range standard Mid-range standard
Every IO samples Every 10 samples and at end Beginning, end, and every 10 samplt!s
or every 2 hours
95-105 % recovery 90-I IO% recovery 90-110% recovery
Highest mixed standard Highest mixed standard Standard at 2 x CRDL or lDL
Before sample analyses Before sample analyses Beginning and end of each run
or 2 every 8 hrs
95-105% recovery 95-105% recovery EPA QC Limits
Beginning, end, and periodic intervals Beginning and end of each run Beginning and end of each run
or every 8 hours or 2 every 8 hrs
±I .5 x SD of mean value 80-120 % recovery 80-120 % recovery
Every 10 samples Every 10 samples and at end Beginning, end, and 10% of samples
or every 2 hrs
±2 x SD of me.an value ±3 x SD of mean value All analytes .:s;CRDL
I per batch I per batch I per digestion batch
NS NS All analytes .:s;CRDL
Each IC and weekly Each IC and weekly I per digestion batch
for each matrix
95-105% recovery 90-1 IO% recovery 80-120 % recovery
I every new sample matrix 5 % or I per batch 5 % or I per S DG per matrix
per level (predigestion)
90-1 IO% recovery 75-125% recovery 75-125% recovery
NS 5 % or I per batch 5 % or I per SDG per matrix
per level (predigestion)
NS .:s;20% RPO for values > 10 x IDL .:s;20% RPO for values ~5 x CRDL
± I x CRDL for values < 5 x CRDL
I every new sample matrix 1 every new sample matrix I per SDG per matrix per level
Dilution within ± 5 % 4 x dilution within ± 10% 5 x dilution within ± 10%
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance PrOb'l"Offi Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Requirement
Method Detection Limit
Holding Time
Initial Calibration
Frequency
Criteria
Calibration Verification
Frequency
Criteria
Calibration Blanks
Frequency
Criteria
Preparation Blanks
Frequency
Criteria
QC Check Sample/LCS
Frequency
Criteria
Matrix Spike Sam pies
Frequency
Criteria
Duplicate Samples
Frequency
Criteria
Other Method Criteria
Frequency
Criteria
Date: 11/17 /95
Page 55 of 85
TABLE 7.3.2 SUMMARY OF QC REQUIREMENTS FOR EPA MERCURY ANALYSIS
METHODS USING COLD VAPOR ATO~DC ABSORPTION (AA) SPECTROSCOPY
Water and Wastewater Analysis RCRA Solid Waste Analysis Superfuod Hazardow; Wa.~te
Method 245.1/245.5 Method 7470/7471 Analysis
CLP SOW ILM03.0
0.2 ug/L 0.2 ug/L CRDL: 0.2 ug/L
28 days 13 days (Plastic) 26 days
35 days (Glass)
6: blank and 5 standards 6: blank and 5 standards 5: blank and 4 standards
Daily Daily and every hour of analysis Daily or every 24 hours
r ~0.995 r ~0.995 r ~0.995
A standard at or near MCL Mid-range standard Independent standard
CCV: diff. cone. than ICV, or at
near the mid-range
After initial calibration Every 10 samples ICV; After initial calibration
and every 20 samples CCV: 10% or every 2 hours
90-110 % Recovery 80-120% Recovery 80-120 % Recovery
After each calibration After each calibration Beginning, end, and every 10
samples or every 2 hours
NS NS :5CRDL
I per digestion batch I per digestion batch 1/SDG/digestion batch
NS NS :5CRDL
Blind perfonnance sample Independent standard EPA standard
I per year Every 15 samples 1/SDG/batch (solid samples only)
(Optional: I per quarter)
EPA control limits 80-120 % Recovery 80-120 % Recovery
NS 5 % or I per batch 5 % or 1/SDG/matrix/level
NS NS 75-125% Recovery
10% or I per batch 5 % or I per batch 5% or 1/SDG/matrix/level
EPA control limits NS :520% RPO
Method of standard addition Method of standard addition Standard at the CRDL or IDL
As needed As needed Beginning of each sample run
NS NS EPA control limits
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA. North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11117/95
Page 56 or 85
TABLE 7.3.2 SUMMARY OF QC REQUIREMENTS FOR EPA CYANIDE ANALYSIS METHODS
Water and Wastewater Analysis • RCRA Solid Waste Analysis Superfund Hazardous Waste Analysis
Requirement Method 335.2 Method 9010/9010A CLP SOW ILM03.0
Method Detection Limit Titration: I mg/L Titration: 0.1 mg/L CRDL: IO ug/L
Colorimetric: 0.02 mg/L Colorimetric: 0.02 mg/L
Holding Time 14 days (24 hours when 14 days 12 days from sample receipt
sulfide is present)
Initial Calihratioul11 6 standards and a hlank 6 standards and a blank 3 standards and 11. blank
(one standard at the CRDL)
Frequency Daily Daily Daily
Calibration Verificatioull1 NS Mid-range standard CCV: Mid-range standard
Frequency NS Every I 5 samples Beginning, end, and every 10
samples or 2 hours
Criteria NS 85-1 15 % Recovery 85-1 15 % Recovery
Other Standard,; (Distilled) . High and low slll.ndard High and low standard Mid-level standard
Frequency 1 each per batch I each per batch l per batch
Criterin 90-110% Recovery 90-110% Recovery 85-1 15 % Recovery
Calibratioo Blanks
Frequency Colorimetric: I per batch Colorimetric: I per batch Colorimetric: Beginning, end and
every IO samples or 2 hours
Criteria Use in initial calibration Use in initial calibration SCRDL
Preparatioo Blanks
Frequency Titration: I per batch Titmion: I per batch Titration: I per batch
Colorimetric: Not specified Colorimetric: Not specified Colorimetric: I per batch
Criteria Titration: Use in calcularion Titration: Use in calculation Titration: Use in calcula1ion
Colorimetric: Not specified Colorimetric: Not specified Colorimetric: SCRDL
Laboratory Control NS lndeper:!ent check standard Distilled independent standard (ICY)
Standard NS I per batch I per batch
Frequency NS 85-115 % Recovery 85-115 % Recovery
Criteria
Matrix Spike Samplt"S
Frequency I per batch to check Matrix spike and matrix spike I per ma1rix per concentra1ion
distillation efficiency duplicate per batch level per batch
Criteria NS NS 75-125% Recovery
Duplicate Samples
Frequency NS I matrix spike duplicate per I per matrix per concentration
batch level per batch
Criteria NS s20% RPO for values >5 x CRDL
NS
Other Method Criteria Verify sample pH C:: 12; Check for Verify sample pH C:: 12; Check: Verify sample pH C:: 12; Check for
oxidizing agents and sulfides foe oxidizing agents and sulfides
oxidizing agents and sulfides
I
•
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation !EA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
KEY TO CHART
BS Blank Spike
cc Continuing Calibration
CCC Calibration Check Compounds
CCV Continuing Calibration Verification
CRDL Contract-Required Detection Limit
CRQL Contract-Required Quantitation Limit
CV Coefficient of Variation _,,.
D Detected
IC Initial Calibration
ICY Initial Calibration Verification
IDL Instrument Detection Limit
IS Internal Standard
LCS Laboratory Control Sample
MCL Maximum Contaminant Level
MDL Method Detection Limit
KEY TO CHART
MS Matrix Spike
MSA Method of Standard Additions
NA Not Applicable
NS Not Specified
%D Percent Difference
%Rec. Percent Recovery
PQL Practical Quantitation Limit
r Correlation Coefficient
RF Response Factor
RPD Relative Percent Difference
RRT Relative Retention Time
RSD Relative Standard Deviation
RT Retention Time
SD Standard Deviation
SDG Sample.Delivery Group
SPCC Sys1em Perfonnance Check Compounds
NOTES
'" Calibration standards must be distilled for EPA Methods 335.2 and Wl0/90l0Awhen sulfides are present in the
samples.
'" CLP SOW specifies that the initial calibration verification standard (ICY) be distillt:d and analyzed as the
laboratory control standard (LSC).
I
I
Doc# QAQ01401.i,C
Date: 11/17/95
Page 57 of 85
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA. North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
7.4 Standard Operating Procedures
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 58 of 8S
All laboratory activities. from sample receipt to analysis to final report generation. must adhere to the laboratory
Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) which have been developed to provide quality environmental data with
adequate documentation to be of known quality and hence of maximum use to our clients. All SOPs provide
complete documentation as to how each sample is measured for each parameter. Reference corporate docllment
QAS00200.NET for the !EA corporate format for generating SOPs. Each SOP shall have a unique code in
accordance with the IEA corporate document control procedure as outlined in the corporate SOP on document
cOntrol.
On a regular basis the QA Manager will review data to check for compliance to SOPs. Additionally the QA
Manager will review SOPs to ensure they meet the requirements of the methodologies and applicable
regulations. If it is found that the document does not meet the requirements. the discrepancy is forwarded to
the department supervisor/manager through the corrective action process. (reference SOP on Corrective Action
Reports -QAS00602.NC).
In addition to method SOPs, at minimum the laboratory is required to have on file SOPs for the following
operations. Many of these SOPs have been generated by the !EA corporate QA department.
Sample Receipt, Login and Disposal
Chain-of-Custody Procedures
Sample Storage
Security of Samples and Laboratory Facility
Purity of Standards and Standards Preparation Documentation
Maintaining Laboratory Records and Logbooks
Sample Analysis and Data Control Systems
Sample Bottle and Glassware Cleaning Procedures
Laboratory Waste Disposal
An example listing of laboratory SOPs is presented in Section 7 of the Appendix. A complete list of all
laboratory SOPs is available upon request.
7.5 Chain-of-Custody
Samples are physical evidence and are handled at IEA ·according to certain procedural safeguards. For the
purposes of legal proceedings. a demonstration to the court that the laboratory is a' secure area may be all that is
required for the analyzed evidence to be admitted. However, in some cases, the court may require a
presentation of the hand-to-hand custody of the samples while they were at the laboratory. In the event that a
client requires such a comprehensive chain-of-custody demonstration, upon special request, IEA is capable of
producing documentation that traces the in-house custody of the samples from the time of receipt to completion
of analysis.
The National Enforcement Investigations Center (NEIC) of EPA defines custody of evidence in the following
ways:
• It is in your actual possession; or
• It is in your view, after being in your physical possession; or
• It was in your possession and then you locked or sealed it up to prevent
tampering; or it is in a secure area
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ0l40I.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 59 of 85
At !EA-NC, chain of custody begins with shipment of the sample bottles and coolers. !EA-NC has a printed
external chain-of-custody form that accompanies each sample shipment. An example of this form is found in
Section 2 of the appendix.
Upon receipt of the samples in the laboratory the sample custodian and the sample management department are
responsible for obtaining all necessary shipping documentation and verification of all data entered into the lab-
oratory sample custody records. The internal chain of custody form is generated at this point.
All samples and projects entering the laboratory are identified with a project/workorder number. Individual
samples are then identified using the workorder number and sequential sample number. The samples are then
stored according to the requirements of the analytical protocols (i.e .. refrigeration).
Preliminary sample receipt notifications are distributed to each department to notify a department of samples for
analysis of parameters with short holding times. Each department has a system of tracking sample analysis
throughout their respective departments.
All documentation received with samples is reviewed by sample management at the time of receipt. The project
manager then reviews the paperwork again after the log-in to the UMS computer system. If there are any
discrepancies noted by sam.ple management, a discrepancy form is filled out anq submitted to the project
manager. The client is then contacted for resolution.
The specific procedures and requirements for receiving samples are specified in the SOP for Commercial Log-
in" (Doc# SMS006O2.NC). IEA's chain-of-custody record is designed to meet the legal requirements of federal,
state and local government agencies and the courts of law. The record covers:
• Labeling of sample bottles, packing the shipping container and transferring the
shipping container to the custody of a shipper;
• Outgoing shipping manifests;
• The chain-of-custody form completed by the person(s) taking the sample. sealing
the shipping container and transferring custody to a shipper;
• Incoming shipping manifests;
• Breaking the shipping container's reseal;
• Storing each labeled· sample bottle in a secured area;
• Disposition of each sample to an analyst or technician; and
• The use of the sample in each bottle in a testing procedure appropriate to the
intended purpose of the sample.
For each link in this process the records indicate the following:
• The person with custody; and
• The time and date each person accepted or relinquished custody .
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ0l401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 60 or 85
IEA has implemented the following standard operating procedures with regard to laboratory chain-of-custody:
7.6
• Samples are stored in a secure area;
• Non-employee access to the laboratories are controlled through the use of limited
access points at each facility. Outside personnel can access the facility either
through the front receptionist or the sample receipt area. Other access doors to
the laboratory are maintained in a secure manJler at all times;
• All visitors to each facility are required to sign-in at the reception area and must
be escorted by an IEA representative at all times while in the laboratory;
• Refrigerators. freezers. and other sample storage areas are kept locked, when not
in use;
• The designated sample custodian and supervisory personnel control access to the
sample storage area(s); and
• Samples remain in secured sample storage until reinoved for sample preparation
or analysis; and
• Upon special request, all transfers of samples into and out of storage are
documented through an internal chain-of-custody procedure. This procedure is
not normally employed in daily_ operations but is available upon special request by
the client.
Analytical Calibration Standards
The calibration standards used for instruments and equipment are described in the specific analytical methods, or
instrument manufacturers' operational guides. If a method requirement for standard preparation an~/or storage
is more stringent than identified in the Quality Assurance Plan. the more stringent requirement will be followed.
All standard preparations are recorded in a bound "Standards Log Book" with the lot number, method of
preparation, date and analyst's initials. This log provides the internal documentation which traces the internal
working standards to primary and secondary (purchased) stocks.
The stock solutions are generally kept in a daily monitored 4°C refrigerator with the exception of the organic
stock solutions which are kept in a 0°C freezer. Stock calibration standards are coded in the "Prep Log"
mentioned above with the lot number, date prepared, initials, and referenced to the book and page where a
description of the preparation can be found and traced. No samples are maintained in the same areas as the
standards.
Records on the traceability of the standards are maintained in the standards receipt logbook. These records
include sources, dates of receipt, lot numbers (if applicable) and expiration dates (if applicable).
Table 7.6. l proVides a general overview of the standard sources, types and preparation by instrument group.
ENVIRONMENTAL LABORATORY
Metals Calibration Standards
Commercially available at IOOO ppm levels form SPEX and prepared from primary standard material traceable
to EPA A2LA standards. Stock standards solutions are prepared annually or when needed as multi-element
stocks.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
Inorganic Calibration Standards
Doc# QAQ0l401.1'L
Date: ll/17/95
Pai,;:e 61 of 85
Most calibration standards described in the methodology used ACS Reagent Grade materials. Some reference
materials are available from NIST to standardize titrating solutions. Stock solutions are prepared every three
months while diluted working standards are prepared daily at the time of analysis. Spike solution preparation is
also documented in the solution/standard log book.
Organic Calibration Standards
Pure compounds for organic calibration materials.are available through EPA EMSL in Cincinnati. EPA in
Research Triangle Park, EPA EMSL Las Vegas, Supelco, Inc., Restek, Inc. and Accustandard, Inc. Organic
stocks are prepared every six months and diluted working standards are prepared weekly. Stock non-volatile
solutions can be prepared every six months and diluted working standards are prepared weekly. Stock non-
volatile solutions can be prepared every six months with working standards made weekly. Organic spike
solutions may be prepared from neat solutions or commercially purchased and documented.
Ph Calibration Standards
Calibration materials which are certified by the manufacturer to be standardized against NIST Standards are
commercially available and are used by the laboratory. Three standards -4,7, and 10 are used daily to calibrate
the Ph meters.
Weighing Calibration Standards
Analytical balances are calibrated annually. Continuing calibration is performed on a weekly or daily, as used,
basis using class "I" (formerly class "S") weights ( IO mg + I gram).
Oven Calibration Standards
Daily calibration by monitoring oven temperature with a thermometer calibrated annually with a NIST Certified
Thermometer. Daily readings are posted on thf' outside door of the oven and quarterly these readings are
included in laboratory QA/QC binders.
Conductivitv Calibration Standard
Conductivity solutions are described in Standard Methods, 15th edition, Section 502.
Turbidity Standards
Formazin solution prepared from CMS neat standard according to EPA Method 180.1-2. Four standards are
used to prepare a calibration curve and are made fresh d3ily. The stock formazin standard is prepared every
three months and kept under refrigeration.
Photometer Calibration Standard
Spectronic Standards -Catalog 11331-31-50 or equivalent (wavelength calibration).
Refrigerators
All refrigerators are checked daily for temperature stability. Yearly, the refrigerator thermometers are
calibrated against-an NIST thermometer. Daily readings are posted on the outside door of the refrigerator and
quarterly these readings are included in laboratory QA/QC binders.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation !EA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
RADIOLOGICAL LABORATORY
Weighing Calibration Standards
Date: 11/17/95
Page 62 of 85
Analytical balances are certified by a commercial vendor annually. Continuing calibration is performed on a
weekly or daily basis using class "I" (formerly class "S") weights (JO mg + I gram).
Gas Flow Proportional Counter
Five minute system performance checks for alpha. beta and i~strument blank will be run every day that samples
are counted.
A 1000-minute quarterly background will be run or when the system performance checks indicate an
unacceptable change.
Alpha and Beta efficiencies for each detector will be run annually or when the system performance checks
indicate an unacceptable change. Self-absorption curves will also be run annually, or when the system
performance checks indicate a problem with the efficiency.
A plateau curve and an alpha/beta cross-talk factor (as well as the system performance checks) will be run
annually.
Liquid Scintillation Counter
An instrument performance check will be run every day that samples are counted. The system performance
checks consist of a background check, an unquenched tritium check and an unquenched carbon-14 check. The
results of these checks will be entered into a control chart upon completion of the sample count.
A quarterly background check will be run, or when the routine syste~ performance checks indicate an
unacceptable change in instrument background.
Quench curves will be established annually for each radionuclide to be counted. If the system performance
checks indicate a problem, the quench curve will be run immediately.
Alpha and Gamma Spectroscopv Svstems
An instrument performance check will be run every day that new samples are loaded into the detector. The
performance check for the alpha spectrometers is a IO-minute pulse check. A weekly I-hour count of a mixed-
alpha source is also run. The results of these checks will be entered into a control chart upon completion of the
sample count.
The performance check for the gamma spectroscopy systems is a weekly IO-minute count of a Cs-137 and Co-
60 canned source. For both systems, the centroid energy, full width at half-maximum (FWHM), and net counts
under each calibration will be entered into a control chart any time a sample is run.
A quarterly background check of 60,000 s~conds (1000 minutes) will be run for both the alpha chambers and
the gamma detectors, or when the routine system performance check indicates an unacceptable change in
instrument background.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 63 of 85
Energy calibration will be established when the routine performance check indicates an unacceptable change in
energy gain or zero offset.
A calibration of resolution versus energy will be performed when the routine performance check indicates an
unacceptable variation in resolution.
Efficiency calibrations will be performed annually. or when the routine performance check indicates an
unacceptable change in efficiency. Gamma spectroscopy systems are calibrated over the entire energy range of
the detector, while single efficiency values will be used for the alpha spectrometers over the-range of 4.0 to 6.0
MeV.
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
I
I
TABLE 7.6.1 STANDARD SOURCES AND PREPARATION I Inst. Source Form Stora2e Preparation Laboratory
Group Received from Source Stock
Storage
I GC/MS Restek, Inc. ·N~i Frozen Primary stocks are prepared from Frozen
Supelco Solutions> source stocks
NSI 1000 ppm Frozen
I Intermediate stocks are prepared Refrigerator
from primary or source stocks
Working stocks are prepared from NIA
I intermediates
GC Restek, Inc. Neat Frozen Primary stocks are prepared from Frozen
Accustandard Solutions source stocks
I NS! > 1000 ppm Frozt!n
Intermediate stocks are prepared Refrigeracor
from primary or source stocks
I
Working stock.s are prepared from NIA
intermediates
HPLC Restd:. Inc. N<at Froun Primary stocks are prepared from Frozen
Accustandard Solutions source stocks
I > 1000 ppm Frozen
Intermediate stocks are prepared Refrigerator
from primary or source stocks
I Working stocks are prepared from NIA
intermediates
Atomic SPE.'X Solutions of Room Primary stocks {I -10 ppm) are Furnace I% HNO,
I Absorption; IOOOppm Temp. prepared from source
ICP: (keep in ICP 5% HCL. I%
ICPMS dark) Intermediate stocks (I ppb -I HNO.
SPEX ppm)
I ICPMS
Working stocks
Gas Flow NIST Neat Room Primary stocks are prepared from Room temp.
I Proportion-temp. source stocks
al Counter
Intermediate stocks are prepared Room temp.
from primary or source stocks
I Working stocks are prepared from Room temp.
intermediates
I
Liquid NIST Neat Room Primary stocks are prepared from Room temp.
Scintillation temp. source stocks
Counter
Intermediate stocks are prepared Room temp.
from primary or source stocks
I Working stocks are prepared from Room temp.
intermediates
I
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 64 of 85
Preparation
Frequency
Semi-anfi~al
Weekly
Weekly
Semi-annual
Wed.Jy
Weekly
Semi-annual
Weekly
Weekly
Annually
Semi-annually or
as needed
Daily
As needed
As needed
As needed
As needed
As needed
As needed
I
I
IEA Corporation !EA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Pro~'!"am
I
I Alpha and NIST Neat Room Primary stocks are prepared from
Gamma temp. source stock:s
~pectros-
I copy lnlermediate s1ocks are prepared
Systems from primary or source stocks
Working stocks are prepared from
I intermediates
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Room temp.
Room temp.
Room temp.
Doc# QAQ0l401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 65 of 85
As needed
As needed
As needed
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
7.7 Instrument Calibration Procedures
Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 66 or 85
The proper calibration of instrumentation and equipment is a key element in the quality of the analysis done by the laboratory.
Each type of instrumentation and each EPA approved method has specific requirements for the calibration procedures, depending
on the analytes of interest and the medium of the sample.
Tables 7.7.1 and 7.7.2 lists in tabular form the procedures which are followed by !EA North Carolina. The calibration protocols
meet or exceed the minimum method criteria requirements. If a method calibration requirement is more stringent than those
listed in the Quality Assurance Plan, the more stringent will be followed in each case.
Documentation and records on calibrations are maintained in instrument logs and also within the laboratory departmental files
containing the data sets of the samples which are analyzed and related to them. In addition, laboratory department managers
monitor the results of the calibration program to ensure the proper implementation at the analyst level.
I
IEA Corporation IEA -Nonh Carolina Quality Assurance Progrom
I
I
I TABLE 7.7.1 INSTRUMENT CAUBRA TION
I
Instrument Source Init. Acceptance Frequency .
Cal. Criteria
lnit. Cal.
GC Restek Failure of
I VOAs 5 continuous cal.
Pesticides 5 Continuing calibration
standard passes criteria
I GC/MS Restek Per 0LM03.I As required
VOAs 5
Semi volatiles 5
I HPLC Accustandard 5 Continuing calibration Failure of
standard passing criteria continuous cal.
I AAS Graphite SPEX 5 Linear Regression correlation Daily or failure
Furnace coefficient of >0.995 of continuous cal.
I ICP Inorganic 5 2 point curve Daily or failure
Ventures of continuous cal.
I ICPMS SPEX 5 2 point curve Daily or failure
of continuous cal.
I
Flow Injection Commercial 3 Linear Regression correlation Daily or failure
I AutoAnalyzer primary coefficient of >0.995 of continuous cal.
(LaChat) standards
traceable to
NIST
I Ph Meter. Commercial 2 Linear ¥egression correlation Daily
primary coefficient of >0.995
standards
I Spectrophoto-Commercial 5 Linear Regression correlation Daily
meter primary coefficient of >0.995
standards
I Infrared Commercial 3 Linear Regression Correlation Daily
Spectrophoto-primary coefficient of >0.998
I meter standards
Turbidimeter Hach #2461 4 Linear Regression Correlation Daily
I coefficient of >0.995
Cont.
Cal.
2
I
I
I
1
I
I
2
2
2
2
2
2
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 67 or 85
Acceptance Criteria freq.
Cont. Cal.
Concentration within Every 10
I 5 % of !mown value samples
Per OLM03.l Every 12
hours
Concentration within Initial
15% of known value, and every
mid-range 20
samples
Concentration within Initial
10% of known value, and every
mid-range and low 10
concentration samples
Concentration within Initial
10% of known value, and every
mid-range and low 10
concentration samples
Concentration within Initial
10% of known value, and every
mid-range and low 10
concenlration samples
Concentration within Initial
15 % of known value, and every
mid-range and low 10
concentration samples
Ph value with 5 % of Initial
known value, mid-and every
range and low 10
concentration samples
Concentration within Initial
15 % of known value, and every
mid-range and low 10
concentration samples
Concentration within Initial
5 % of known value, and every
mid-range and low 10
concentration samples
Concentration within Initial
15 % of known value, and every
mid-range and low 10
concentration samples
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
g
I TABLE 7.7.1 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION
Instrument Source (nit. Acceptance Frequency
n Cal. Criteria
lnit. Cal.
Conductivity Commercial 3 Linear Regression Correlation Daily.
R
Meter primary cod'ticienl of >0.995
standards
Balance Class "S" 2 NIA Daily
I weights
I Gas Flow NIST I NIA Annually
Proportional Trac(!flb]e Efficiency fatablished
Counter
I Li4uid NIST I NIA Annually
Scintillation Traceable Efficiency Established
Counter
I Alpha and NIST I NIA Annually
Gamma Traceable Efficiency/Energy Calibration
Spectroscopy Established
Sys1ems
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Cont.
Cal.
2
2
I
I
I
Doc# QAQOI401.NC
Date: ll/17/95
Page 68 or 85
Acceptance Criteria Freq.
Coot, Cal.
Concentration within Initial
15 % of blown value, and every
mid-range and low 10
concentration samples
3 place balances last Initial
place +/-I and every
2 place halances last 10
place +/-I samples
±3 Std Dev of Mean Daily or
Prior to
U,e
±3 Std Dev of Mean Daily or
Prior to
Use
±3 Std Dev of Mean Daily or
Alpha -Pulse Check Prior co
Gamma -Mixed Use
Source Check
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doell QAQ01401.NC
Date: II/ 17 /95
Page 69 of 85
TABLE 7.7.2 IN5TRUMENT CALIBRATION SUMMARY
Analysis Cal. # Standards Type or curve Acceptance/r~ection Frequency
Type criteria
GC Initial 5 concentration levels Linear or best fit Continuing calibration Continuous
VOAs standard passes criteria calibration fails
Pesticides
Semi-volatiles Daily
Daily I mid level +I-85% of value
I standard mid h:vd Every 10
Continuing +/-85% of value samples
GC/MS Initial 5 concentration levels; Averaged
quadrupole tuning with DFf PP/
BFB
Ion abundances as per Table
Continuing Confirm instrument 7.7.)
perfonnance wi1h
BFB/DFfPP per OLM03.l
Every 12 hours
followed by I standard at
mid level
HPLC Initial 5 concentration levels Linear >99.995 coefficient of Monthly or if
variation continuous
calibration fails
Daily I level (mid level)
+/· 85% of value Daily
Continuing I standard (mid level)
+/. 85 % of value Every 10
samples
AAS Graphite Initially 4 + I hlank Linear 20% RPO Monthly or if
continuous
calihration fails
Daily 4 + 1 hlank +I• 90% of value
Daily
Continuing I standard (mid)
+/-90% of value
Every 10
samples
ICP Initially 1-3 point curve Linear > 99. 998 coefficient of Monthly or if
(varies by eltiment) variation continuous
calihration fails
Daily 1-3 point curve
+I• 90% of value Daily
Continuing I standard (mid) +I· 90% of value Every 10
samples
ICPMS Initially :2 point curve Linear >99.998 coefficient of Monthly or if
variation continuous
calibration fails
Continuing I standard (mid)
+/. 90% of value Every 10
samples
I
I
I
I
I
a
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC'
Date: 11/17/95
Page 70 of 85
TABLE 7.7.l INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION SUMMARY
AnaJysi.s Cal. # Standard'i Type of cune Acceptance/re,iectioo Frequency
Type criteria
Flow Injection Daily or per 5 concentration levels Linear Correlation coefficient Monthly or if
Analysis Run >0.995 continuous
calibration fails
Continuing 1 standard (mid, low,
high sequentially) +/-85% otvalue Every 10
sampl!!s
Ph Meters Initially and 2 standards (Ph 7 and 4 Linear Correlation coefficient Daily
daily or 10) >0.995
I standard +I-95% of value Every 10
Continuing samples
Spectrophoto-Initially 11.nd 5 concc:ntration levds Linear Correlation o.ooeffici,mt Daily
meter daily plus set % T with no >0.998
cuvette in holder
Continuing
I standard +I-85% of value Every 10
samples
Infrared Initially and Polystyrene standard Lineii.r >99.998 coefficient of Daily
Spectrophoto-monthly 5 concentration levels variation
meter
Daily 3 levels (mid, low, high
sequentially) +I-95% of value Every 10
Continuing samples
3 levels (mid, low. high +I-95% of value
sequentially) Every 10
samples
Conductivity Initially 3 concentration levels Linear >99.998 coefficient of Daily
meter variatk,,1
Daily 3 concentration levels +I-95% of value Every 10
samples
Continuing 3 concentration levels +I-95% of value
Every 10
samples
Turbidimeter Daily 2 concentration levels Linear Daily
Continuing 2 concentralion levels +/-85% of value
Every 10
samples
Balance Monthly Class "S" weights Point NIA NIA
Radiochemistry Initial I NIA NIA Annually
Efficiency
Established
I NIA +I-3 Std. Dev. of Mean Daily or Prior
Daily Check to Use
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
Dote: 11/17/95
Page 71 or 85
TABLE 7.7.3 BFB KEY IONS AND ION ABUNDANCE CRITERIA
MASS ION ION ABUNDANCE CRITERIA
50 8.0 -40.0 percenf of mass 95
75 30.0 -66.0 percent of mass 95
95 Base peak, 100 percent relative abundance
96 5.0 -9.0 percent of mass 95 (see note)
173 Less than 2.0 percent of mass 174
174 50.0 -120.0 percent of mass 95
175 4.0 -9.0 percent of mass 174
176 93.0 -101.0 percent of mass 174
177 5.0 -9.0 percent of mass 176
NOTE: All ion abundances must be normalized to n/z 95, the nominal base peak, even
though the ion abundance m/z 174 may be up to 120 percent that of m/z 95.
I
I
I
I
I
u
D
B
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA • North Carolina Quality Assurance Pro2ram
8.0 DATA PROCESSING
8.1 Introduction
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 72 of 85
Data processing is defined as the mechanisms employed for collecting, reviewing, transcribing, reporting and
storing of analytical data and related information.
Because of the critical relationship between instrument calibration, the ·accuracy of the analytical data generated,
and specific method protocols that determine data quality, IEA maintains strict controls on the calibration
procedures for the various types of analytical equipment. Each type of instrumentation is calibrated prior to
sample analysis according to method criteria. Specific criteria for the instrument calibrations must be met
before samples may be processed. Corrective action mUst be taken to remedy any out of control situations.
8.2 Collection
Data in the environmental .laboratory may take several f<,?n11S. Some are manually generated. while others are
automated computer outputs. Some examples of typical data are:
Field measurements or observations made on-site during the sample collection effort as part of a monitoring
program.
Information provided on chain-of-custody fonns such as sampler, sampling date, sample location, sample
identification, weather observations and custody transfer information.
Recordkeeping information such as instrument run logs, standards traceability, sample preparation logbooks and
balance calibrations which represent infonnation not normally required for inclusion in client reports.
Analytical data produced by various instrumentation such as GC/MS units. gas chromatographs, atomic
absorption spectrophotometers, and automated analyzers. This includes various associated outputs such as
chromatograms, strip chart recordings and computer readouts.
Records of standard calibration curves as well as associated quality control data such as Illethod blanks, matrix
spikes. matrix spike di.iplicate, replicate and QC check samples.
Consistent data collection is achieved through the existence and use of standard operating procedures. For
example, chain-of-custody forms are routinely checked for consistency with the sample bottle labels. and if a
discrepancy is found, the sampler is contacted for verification of the discrepant information.
Laboratory data sheets or logbooks have a standard fonnat to ensure that all pertinent information is recorded
consistently. These items are regularly monitored to ensure compliance with established requirements.
Outputs from all instruments are monitored for readability and consistency. If clarity is less than desired,
corrective actions are undertaken to rectify the output based on instrument manufacturers' recommendations.
The following sections will describe the general procedures which are employed at the !EA-NC laboratory.
More specific detail can be found in the standard operating procedures.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
R
D
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -Nonh Carolina Quality Assurance Program
Gas Chromatography
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 73 of 85
Data from the Gas Chromatographs is collected through interfaces and processed by a Hewlett Packard
computer system (HP-1000) with RTE-A operating system and 3550A LAS software. Data is reviewed
at the bench level by the analyst. If all required QC is met then the data is reviewed for chromato-
graphic scaling and dilutions. If necessary reintegrations and rescalings are done using the LAS
system. The result files are then transferred to alternate computer systems when CLP report fonns
generation is required.
GC/Mass Spectrometry
GC/MS data is collected utilizing Hewlett Packard DOS chemstation computer systems with
Environquant software. This software allows for the comparison of sample non-target spectrum against
reference library spectra. The most recent NIST/EPA mass spectral library supported by the system
must be used. Data is reviewed by the analyst. If the data meets QC requirements, then data files are
sent to a HP Apollo series 400 computer system with HP 6000 660S disk drive and Thru-put Systems,
Inc, Envision soft:"are for CLP deliverables and diskette preparation.
Atomic Absorption/ICAP
ICAP metals are analyzed by a Thermo-Jarrell Ash 6 IE. Data is collected on a Caliber or IBM PC
computer and is directly transferred to a floppy disk. This computer disk file data is then delivered to a
PC with software to generate metals CLP data reporting forms. Furnace data are collected on PCs,
transferred to floppy disk and moved to a PC in a similar manner for CLP forms generation. Mercury
raw data requires manual entry to the PC for fonns generation.
Classical Chemistry
Routine wet chemistry analyses have pre-printed logbooks, such as distillation logs and digestion logs.
The less frequent analyses are also recorded in pre-printed generic method notebooks (i.e.,
potentiometric, titrimetric). Raw data is then entered onto computer for data calculation. This includes
the calibration curve data which may have been previously entered. Semi-automated analyses
performed on the Lachat produce calculated final results. These results are then manually entered onto
repon forms. Any raw data produced is stored in a central file in the wet chemistry laboratory.
Quality control data is manually calculated. Results data is reported through manual data entry in the
required fonnat.
Radiological Analyses
The data is collected through interfaces with the specific instrumentation used to acquire the data and
the Micro V A.X3 I 00 model 20e computer system and the data management software in use. A database
of quality control information includes the constant update of QC control charts for specific
measurement parameters. Analytical data produced by v~rious instrumentation such as HPGe detectors,
alpha spectrometers. gas proportional counters and the Lucas cell counter includes printouts, peak
searches and sample spectra for inclusion in report packages.
8.3 Review
Data review can be defined as the process whereby data is accepted or rejected based on specific criteria in
order to ensure that the data are adequate for the intended purpose. In most cases. the criteria is defined by the
particular analytical method.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
H
D
D
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: II/ 17 /95
Page 74 or 85
Data review is perfonned prior to release of the data to the client. It is performed as soon as possible after data
acquisition in order to provide sufficient time for corrective action, if required.
In general, the procedure presented in Figure 8.3. l is utilized by laboratory personnel throughout the network
for data review purposes.
There are numerous policies and standard procedures which haVe been implemented to ensure that data of
known quality is continually generated by the !EA-NC laboratory.
Each analytical SOP details the type and frequency of quality control checks. This includes such items as
analysis of reference standards, _matrix spikes, blanks, ihe use of internal standards and surrogate spikes, etc.
All calibrations are checked before sample analysis can begin. If the analytical system does not pass the initial
QC limits, then the system is determined to be "out of control", and the cause of the problem must be
determined and corrected before measurements can continue. Once the problem is corrected, QC measurements
are repeated to verify the calibration. If the system is still out of control, the system is re-examined until the
problem is corrected. General requirements are listed below:
Organics
A minimum of one method blank is analyzed per 20 samples (or batch) per matrix, per concentration
level or extraction procedure. A method blank is required every 12 hours for volatile analysis. Blanks
and samples are analyzed on the same instrumentation. Pesticides/PCB's also require instrument
blanks.
Holding blanks are placed in volatile refrigerators on a bi-weekly basis. For EPA CLP SOW volatile
analysis, holding blanks are prepared and analyzed once per SDG.
A matrix spike/matrix spike duplicate is analyzed at a frequency of one per 20 samples per matrix, per
concentration level or per SDG, whichever is more frequent. Specific methods may have more
stringent requirements which must be met, where applicable.
Prior to sample processing, surrogates are added to all samples and method blanks. GC/MS analyses
also require the use of internal standards.
Multi-level initial calibration curves are perfonned with continuing calibration standards analyzed every
12 hours. Recalibration is required if criteria cannot be met.
GC/MS system tuning is verified every 12 hours (or as the method specifies).
A Laboratory Control Sample is analyzed every 20 samples ·or per daily batch.
Inorganics
Multi-level calibration is perfonned on required instrumentation and verified as Tequired.
Calibration and prep blanks are analyzed at required frequencies.
A matrix spike and sample duplicate are analyzed every 20 samples/SDG per matrix type. Specific
methods may have more stringent requirements which must be met, where applicable.
A Laboratory Control Sample is analyzed every 20 samples or per batch.
Multi-level calibrations are performed for all manual and semi-automated wet chemistry methods and
verified as required (if applicable).
Method blanks are analyzed at required frequencies.
The precision and accuracy control limits employed by IEA are based primarily on limits contained in the
published methods or required by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's Contract Laboratory Program
(CLP). When warranted by !EA 's historical data, more restrictive control limits are set than those cited by the
method or the CLP.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
g
D
D
R
R
R
n
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
Date: Ill l 7 /95
Pa~• 75 of 85
When the CLP prot(?CO! is not applicable to analysis of samples, the precision and accuracy requirements for
each analytical method are included in the individual laboratory Standard Operating Procedure (SOPs).
Examples of data acceptance criteria is detailed in the Appendix. Section 8.
At a minimum, all data will be subject to supervisory level review, which may be accomplished through data
review personnel assigned specifically lo this task. Sensitive data may require higher level review and release.
All releases must be in writing. Oral or Faxed preliminary releases are prohibited unless prior permission of
the appropriate supervisor(s) or designee is granted.
Each analytical department in the laboratory is responsible for generating the data for all analyses performed by
that department. In general the data must first meet all the specific QA/QC associated with the SOP that was
used for the analysis prior to any release of the data. The analytical data reviewer/supervisor is responsible for
the final verification of the data from the analysis.
The laboratory employs a system of report approval checklists, where each data reviewer must sign off that
their respective part of the client report is complete and meets the QA/QC requirements of the governing SOP
and the specific client reporting requirements. Batch-specific QC summary reports are used to check various
analytical parameters. Signed, completed. report approval checklists are filed with the analysis batch data that
is submitted lo the deliverables department and included in each project folder along with any Corrective Action
Forms (CAF) or analysts comment sheet which details any problems which were encountered in the
measurement of samples. Any deviations from SOPs are noted on analysts comment sheets or CAFs and ex-
plained in the SDG/project narrative which is incorporated into the final report. The final data reviewer has
final sign-off responsibility on the report narrative and is responsible for assuring the overall quality of the data.
The laboratory Quality Assurance Manager periodically examines data packages at random to ensure that all
aspects of QC and deliverables are present and to ascertain that the data package meets the requirements as
stated in the SOP. These findings are transmitted lo laboratory management via monthly QA reports.
I
I
I
-I
I
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
FIGURE 8.3.1 NETWORK DATA REVIEW PROCESS (GENERAL)
Sarm I e
Reviews Data
Suoerv i scr
Fina I
Re~crt Review
Sen: to Client
Correc: i ve
Act ion
Correc:Oive
.\ct icn
Correct. i ve
Act icn
Doc# QAQ01401,NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 76 of 85
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program -
8.4 Data and Report Storage
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17195
Pa~e 77 of 85
Unless specified othel'Vlise by the client, all analytical data and associated information is stored for a minimum
period of three years. Local state or client specific data storage requirements may vary from the corporate
requiremerit and must be met by the laboratory if they are more stringent.
Stored information may consist of hardcopy or electronic data stored on a magnetic media.
All hardcopy information is stored at the laboratory or off-site at a storage facility equipped with a professional
security system.
All electronic data is stored on-site or off-site at a storage facility equipped with a professional security system
and a controlled environment suitable for storage of magnetic media.
Access to archived information is controlled by the deliverables department or the facility QA manager.
At I EA-North Carolina, reports for the current month are filed in the deliverables area in filing cabinets. If the
report has a larger data package, such as "CLP like" deliverables. it is then stored in a separate designated CLP
file cabinet. All project folders must be signed out if being taken from the deliverables area. Archive storage
inventories are maintained at the time the records are removed to off-site storage. Storage locations of boxed
records are assigned within a computer system database for ease of location and retrieval of archived records.
8.5 Transcription
Whenever possible, manual data transcription is avoided through the use of electronic data transfer within the
laboratories. In cases where manual transcription is employed, information is checked and verified by the
supervisor or designee within the department.
It may not be possible to totally eliminate transcription related errors,. however, section 4.6.8, paragraphs A and
D, list procedures which are designed to minimize their occurrence and impact on data quality.
8.6 Data Reduction
Data reduction includes all processes that change either the form of expression (i.e., the units of measure) or the
quantity of data values (rounding). It often involves statistical and mathematical analysis of data and usually
results in a reduced subset of the original data set. Data reduction is performed either manually by the analyst
or by computer systems interfaced to the analytical instruments. Whenever such procedures are employed
within the laboratory network, mathematical procedures have been verified for accuracy of computation.
An example of this would be for CLP data packages, the data is transferred directly to the HP computer systems
from the GC and GC/MS systems. The data is further processed and stored in the database. Other data is
entered at this point such as TIC data, client !D's. etc. All calculations and final results are performed by the
Envision software. Many of these calculations are also done at the instrumentation level as a secondary review.
Data in the database is sorted by client sample delivery group or project for easy retrieval. CLP forms are
generated after all data is entered and reviewed. The forms and raw data are compiled into a data package.
The data associated with each analysis is hardcopied for permanent storage either through the printing of
computer files or through hand entry into bound laboratory notebooks. All notebook entries are dated and
signed by the analyst.
Project report packages which include 20 samples or samples received by the laboratory, for a single project,
during a 14-day time frame will comprise a typical "SDG". All organic parameter results will be reported in
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -Nonh Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
Date: II/ 17 /95
Page 78 of 85
ug/L for aqueous samples and ug/Kg dry weight for soil/sediment samples. Inorganic result units vary
according to the methodology. Radiochemistry results are typically reported in units of pCi/L for waters and
Pci/g for soils/sediments.
It is laboratory policy that any and all problems related to client samples and the measurement of client samples
be documented on the report form or in the SDG/project narrat_ive of the final laboratory report which goes to
the client. The mechanism for documenting problems which shall be included in the narrative is described in
• ·section 10.0. It is the responsibility of the data review personnel to see that information on any problems
encountered with the analysis is included in the final SDG/project narrative.
After final review, the data is submitted to the deliverables department for verification of completion and tum in
of the data which is placed in the project folder. When all parameters are complete, the folder is secured by the
deliverables department staff. It is the responsibility of deliverables to make sure that all the data is present and
·deliverable/shipping requirements are met. This will include sampling chain-of-custody forms and special
instructions. The report approval checklist for deliverables is completed prior to shipment. Electronic
deliverables are prepared and reviewed. if required, for submittal to the client at this time.
I
g
I
g
H
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
9.0 DATA QUALITY ASSESSMENT
9. I Introduction
Data quality is assessed based on five main characteristics:
Precision
Accuracy
Completeness
Representativeness
Comparability
Each of these characteristics have been previously defined in section 2.2 of this document.
Laboratory _Quality Assurance Objectives
Precision:
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 79 of 85
The objective of the network laboratories concerning precision is to equal or exceed the
precision demonstrated in the published analytical method on similar samples. Relative Percent
Difference (RPO) is used as the measure of precision sample duplicates. The formula utilized
to calculate RPD is as follows:
Relative Percent Difference (RPD)
RPD = (Sample Result -Duplicate Result) x 100
Mean of Sample and Duplicate Results
Note: RPO is expressed as the absolute value obtained from the above formula.
Duplicate Error Ratio (DER)
DER= ! S-D I
(20", + 20"J
Note: DER is used to express precision in radiochemistry determinations.
Accuracy:
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
Page 80 of 85
The objective of the network laboratories concerning accuracy is to equal or exceed the
accuracy demonstrated in the published analytical method on similar samples. Accuracy is
determined on matrix spikes and/or blank spikes and is calculated as follows:
Percent Recovery = (Observed-Sample) Concentration x 100
Spiked Concentration
Completeness:
IEA's objective for completeness is to be able to provide analytical data for 100 % of samples
received intact and have sufficient sample volume for conducting re-analysis if initial analysis
does not meet QC acceptance criteria.
Representativeness:
Representativeness of the analytical data is primarily a function of the sampling procedures and
techniques employed in the field. As such, the sampling plan must be designed to provide
representative samples to the laboratory. Once received at the laboratory, samples are
homogenized in an effort to yield representative data on the sample submitted for analysis.
Comparabilitv:
!EA 's objective for comparability is that all data be fully comparable with data from other
network laboratories. This is accomplished through use of the following practices:
•
•
•
•
•
Demonstrate traceability of standards to NIST or EPA sources
Use of standard and approved methodologies
Standardized units of measure
Standardized QC acceptance criteria
Participation in interlaboratory studies to demonstrate laboratory performance
9.2 Content of Analytical Reports
Laboratory customers have a wide variety of analytical needs. In order to meet these varied requirements, the
laboratory offers several levels of data reporting options ranging from a very simple format to an extreme level
of documentation. Table 9.1.1 presents the contents of various levels of reports offered by the laboratory.
Custom reporting beyond those listed is usually available but may require additional cost. The information
provided in Table 9. l. l is a summary only. In some cases, individual methods may not include the indicated
items. For example. in metals graphite furnace analysis an ICP interference check would not be included since
it is inappropriate for that method.
I IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
I
I
I Table 9.2.1 Report Content Options
I I Dala Reporting Options
I I Wda-i,try I level 1 I Level 21 I Lev,13'
Case Na"ative --Yes
Sample Resuils Yes y,, Yes
I Method Blank Yes Yes y,,
Matrix Spik¥ -Yes Yes
Duplicat.' -Yes Yes
I External Chain of Custody Yes Yes Yes
Internal Chain of Custody --Yes
I I !,/al, I Level 1 I level 21 I Level 3'
Case Narrative -Yes
Sample Resultt Yer Yes Yes
I Method Blank Yes Yes Yes
Exiernal Chain of Custody Yes Yes Yes
Internal Chain of Custody --Yes
I Duplicate -Yes Yes
Matrix SpiJc, -Yes Yes
Initial Calibration Verification ([CV) --Yes
n Continuing Calibration Verification (CCV) --Yes
Laboratory Control Sample (LCS) --Yes
ICP Interference Check --Yes
D ICP Unear Range -Yes
/CP Post SpiJc, --Yes
Ru,o Sequence Logs --Yes
D Sample PreparaJion Logs --Yer
EPA Forms J.14 ---
R
I OrpaJc, I Level 1 I Level 21 I Level 3'
Case Narrative --Yes
Sa.mple Refubs Yes Yes Yes
I Method Blank Yes Yes Yes
External Chain of Custody Yes Yes Yes
Intern.al Chain of Custody --Yes
I Matrix Spilu -Yes Yes
Matrix Spike Duplicate Ye, Yes
Su"ogale Recovery JnformaJion -Yes Yes
I Tuning Data (GC/MS only) --Yes
Initial Calibration Information --Yes
Continuing Calibration Information --Yes
Run Sequence Logs --Yes
Sa.mple Preparation Logs --Yes
Chromatograms and Mass Spectra --Yes
I EPA Forms 1-10 --
I
I
I
Doc# QAQ0140U,C
Date: 11/17/95
Page 81 of 85
I
Level 4 (CLP) I
Yes1
Yes1
Yes'
Yes1
Yes1
y,,,
, Yes1
Level 4 (CLP) I
Yes
Yes
y,,
Yes
Yes
y,,
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Level 4 (CLP) I
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a
I
I
0
H
H
D
R
D
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
I
I ~
Case Na"aJ~e
&mple Resu!Js
Method Blank
External Chain of Custody
lnlernai Ouiin of Custody
Duplicate
Matrix Spike
Blank Spike (QC Check)
S,unple PreparaJion Logs
1 CLP.Jib report package
1 Balch QC provuied
J Method specific
4 Projed specific QC provided
Table 9. 2. I Report Content Options
I Data Reporting Options
I Level I I Level 21 I Level J'
--Ya
Yes Yes Yes
-Yes Yes
Yes Ya Yes
--Ya
-Yes Ye,
Yes Yes
-Yes Yes
--Ye,
I
Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
Date: I 1/17/95
Page 82 of 85
I
Level 4 (CLP) I
Ye.r1
Ya'
Yes'
Yes'
Yl!'s1
Yes1
Yes1
Yes 1
Yes 1
I
I
I
I
D
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
10.1 Introduction
10.0 CORRECTIVE ACTION
Date: II/ I 7 /95
Page 83 or 85
The Corrective action form (CAF), presented in Section 7 of the Appendix, provides a routine written conunu-
nication vehicle to describe most types of problems which may occur throughout the laboratory or as a result of
a client inquiry. Problems described in narratives should be supported by a CAF.
Corrective actions can be initiated at several operational levels; however they must always involve the QA
Manager. Corrective actions are reviewed, documented and distributed to the appropriate personnel through the
QA department. Responses are returned to QA for review and redistributed in a specified time frame.
Examples of three types of corrective actions which may be initiated are as follows:
Sample problems
Individual samples or matrix problems may cause documented corrective actions such as re-
extraction, reanalysis, cleanups or dilutions.
QC problems
Corrective action may occur on entire batches of samples when QC criteria cannot be achieved.
Systematic problems
Specific project issues and procedural issues may require corrective actions. These are handled by
laboratory management and the QA department.
The QA Manager will monitor and log the progress of CAF's and will report in the QA Progress Report the
status of major corrective actions taken in the past month. It is the QA Manager's responsibility to see that
laboratory problems are do:Llmented and solved in a timely manner. This system is outlined in the SOP for
Corrective Action Reports -QAS00602.NC.
10.2 System Audit
A system audit is an inspection and review of the entire data generation and support system of a laboratory.
Activities related to the established requirements in the quality assurance program are reviewed for compliance.
A typical system audit includes an evaluation of the following:
• Assessment of degree of compliance with the quality assurance program
• Continuing compliance with corrective actions identified in a previous audit of the facility
• Calibration procedures and documentation
• Sample handling procedures including chain-of-custody
• Experience of laboratory personnel
• Existence and routine use of standard operating procedures
• Analytical data review and validation procedures
• Data storage and recordkeeping
A system audit is performed by the on-site quality assurance manager at each facility annually. In addition to
the above, a system audit is also conducted at the corporate level at each laboratory annually. The audits are
staggered so that each facility is audited semi-annually, either by the local QA manager or corporate.
I
I
u
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Dote: 11/17/95
Page 84 or 85
As previously indicated, all system audits are conducted utilizing a comprehensive standardized checklist (IEA
Doc.# QAS00300.NET). Copies of the system audits conducted by the QA managers are submitted to the
appropriate laboratory director/manager and the President for review.
The auditor will identify any deficiencies in the audit report which is to be generated within a week of the actual
audit. The laboratory director/manager is required to respond, in writing, no later than 30 days from issuance
of the audit report. The response must address each of the items contained in the audit. If corrective action
cannot be taken immediately, the anticipated date of compliance must be presented. If the auditor identifies
issues which are significant (in their opinion), a follow-up audit can be conducted prior to the regularly
scheduled audit.
A summary of the audit report findings is included in the quality assurance status report provided by
management.
10.3 Performance Audits
A performance audit is a quantitative check on the accuracy and/or precision of analytical data.
IEA network laboratories participate in a number of contracts and certification programs (see Table 5.4.1).
Many of the certification programs employ rigorous performance evaluations which take the form of proficiency
samples submitted to the laboratories on a regular basis. The following represents typical examples of routine
proficiency programs.
All network laboratories are active participants in EPA Water Pollution (WP) and Water Supply (WS)
proficiency programs which issue performance check samples on a semi-annual frequency.
IEA-NC participates in a number of contracts and certification programs. Many of these programs employ
performance evaluations which take the form of proficiency samples submitted to the laboratory on a regular
basis.
The radiological laboratory participates in the USEPA EMSL-LV and DOE EML Laboratory intercomparison
programs, which issue performance check samples two to four times in a calendar year, depending on the
radionuclide. The environmental mixed waste lab currently analyzes quarterly organic PE samples from EPA
for the CLP program.
On a monthly basis, the facility QA Manager will review the performance of the laboratory on samples tested
through the assessment of data reports for accuracy of results, data quality, documentation and completeness of
data packages. This is performed on average at the rate of 5% of the total number of reports issued by the
laboratory. The QA Manager will submit a data review report to the laboratory management on a monthly
basis. Any corrective actions identified during the report review process will be submitted to the laboratory in
the form of a CAF requiring response, documentation and follow-up by QA for completion.
A copy of all analytical results associated with any proficiency samples is submitted to the Operations Director
and the President by each laboratory. Network QA managers reviews this information and will utilize it in
performing the regularly scheduled system audits at each lab. If results indicate a significant problem may
exist, the network QA managers will investigate accordingly.
In addition to participating in the above performance evaluation programs, corporate level quality assurance
conducts additional performance evaluation studies.
Periodically, performance evaluation samples are submitted to each laboratory for parameters which are not
addressed in other performance evaluation programs (i.e., TCLP testing). In this type of testing the laboratory
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporat,ion IEA -North Carolina Quality Assurance Pro~ram Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17195
Page 85 or 85
is aware the samples are performance check samples but the "truen concentrations are unknown. The results
are submitted to the President for evaluation and a report is issued on the findings. Corrective actions are taken
if required, as a result of these test findings.
10.4 Independent Audits
IEA network laboratories are routinely audited by state and federal agencies for compliance with government
regulations. In addition. several industrial clients conduct systems and performance audits of the facilities prior.
to project plan approval and subsequently during the active project.
10.5 Subcontracted Services
IEA network laboratories occasionally choose to send selected analyses to a subcontract laboratory outside of the
IEA organization. The most common reason for utili~tion of a subcontract facility is that the procedure is not
routinely performed by an [EA network laboratory and the subcontractor has greater experience in day-to-day
execution of the method. In such cases, although an IEA lab could in all likelihood conduct the analysis. it is
more cost effective for both !EA and the client to utilize a subcontract lab as necessary. All subcontract
laboratories utilized by IEA on a continuing basis require approval of the QA department prior to use. The QA
manager is responsible for defining the analytical requirements to be met by the subcontract lab. For instance,
the QA manager and the subcontracting lab must agree on the specific quality control to be performed with the
samples submitted for analysis. Acceptance limits for items such as method blanks and matrix spiking must be
determined.
IEA 's clients are notified whenever another IEA laboratory or a subcontract laboratory is to be utilized for any
portion of the analytical requirements. Although all analytical data appears in the !EA report, all data produced
by another !EA laboratory or a subcontract laboratory is identified. In specific cases, states (i.e., New Jersey)
may have specialized requirements concerning the reporting of subcontracted analy~s. In such cases, the
laboratory will comply with the stated requirements. Subcontractors are not utilized when specifically restricted
in a client's quality assurance project plan.
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA Nonh Carolina Quality Assurance Program
APPEJ'I/DIX, Section 1 ·
PROFESSIONAL PROFILES
OF
KEY PERSONNEL
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
The following professional profiles are presented alphabetically and represent the key quality assurance and
laboratory management personnel for the local IEA organization. Additional professional profiles are available for
review during a site visit to an)' of our laboratory facilities.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B
D
0
R
I
I
I
I
TITLE:
PROFESSIONAL PROFILE
Edward A. Davis
MIS Manager
ACADEMIC ACCOMPLISHMENTS:
The University of Connecticut
B.S. Electrical Engineering/Computer Science
MAJOR AREA OF EXPERTISE:
Laboratory Automation and Information Management
PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE:
Apr. 1993 to Present !EA. Inc.
Cary, North Carolina
Position MIS Manager
Responsibilities
Responsible for leading the daily computer operations of the laboratory, including providing technical
expertise to meet project objectives, reviewing and making recommendations for system and process
improvements and completing data base management reports.
1987 to 1992 Computer Sciences Corporation
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
Position Delivery Order Manager/Computer Scientist
Responsibilities
Manager of U.S. EPA Laboratory Information Management System (UMS) Central Support delivery
order and Westinghouse Hanford Company UMS Support contract. Managerial responsibilities
included supervision. planning, budgeting, coordination and "marketing" of EPA RUMS "product" to
federal and state environmental laboratories. Technical responsibilities included requirement analysis,
design, implementation, acceptance testing, on-sit and remote support and training for EPA LIMS and
EPA RUMS products. Other responsibilities included system management of DEC VAX and
Concurrent 3200-series systems, telecommunications and LAN administration and support and LIMS-
reiated hardware and software support.
1984 to 1987
Position
Responsi bi Ii ties
PCA International, Incorporated
Matthews, North Carolina
Project Engineer/Senior Electronics Engineer
Responsible for system management, design, programming application, operations and maintenance of
the in-house Laboratory Computer systems.
Page I
I
I
I
I
g
n
g
D
D
I
I
m
m
m
1978 to 1984
Positions
Responsibilities
Perkin Elmer Corporation
Norwalk, Connecticut
Project Engineer
Software Project Leader
Senior Manufacturing Engineer
Responsible for design and programming applications of Atomic Absorption and Inductively Coupled
Plasma Spectrophotometer products. Other responsibilities included technical supervision. planning,
test specifications and technical ·documentation. As a Senior Manufacturing Engineer, responsibilities
included technical support, new product introduction, tooling, definition of test procedures, package
design and test automation.
1976 to 1978
Position
Responsibilities
Perkin Elmer Corporation
Norwalk, Connecticut
Electronic Technician
Part-time technician in the Chromatography Final Assembly and Test and Special Products departments.
SPECIALIZED TRAINING:
Interview Workshop for Interviewers, 1992
Frontline Leadership Training -Core and Team Building, 1991
DEC Path Works Technical Course, 1991
VAX System Management, 1990
ORACLE CASE Tools Workshop, 1990
ORACLE SQL •Report Writer and SQL *QMX Training, 1990
ORACLE SQL*Forms Training, 1990
Concurrent PENNET User and PENNET Programming Courses, 1989
SN A Fundamentals Course, 1988
Introduction to Data Communications Course, 1988
Perkin Elmer LIMS User and UMS System Manager Courses, 1987
Principles of Accounting Courses, 1986
Data General Eclipse Assembly Language Programming Course, 1985
C Programming Course, 1982
Microprocessor Software Engineering Management Course, I 984
Rev. 10/95
Doc#-HRRJ2800.NET
Page 2
n
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TITLE:
PROFESSIONAL PROFILE
Jack Dullaghan
Director of Operations, North Carolina
ACADEMIC ACCOMPLISHMENTS:
MBA Marist College
Poughkeepsie, NY, 1987
Concentration in Finance and Organizational Development
MS Biochemistry, State University of New York
Plattsburgh, NY. 1974
BS Chemistry, State University of New York
Plattsburgh, NY, 1972
MAJOR AREA OF EXPERTISE:
Operations Management, Project Management, Business Development, Sales Management
PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE:
1995 to Present !EA, Inc.
Cary. North Carolina
Position Director of Operations, North Carolina
Responsibilities
Responsible for overall operations and profitability for the North Carolina laboratory. Oversees all
phases of the business including lab operations, QA/QC, Sales and Marketing, and Finance.
1991 to 1995 Earth Tech (Formerly WW Engineering and Science)
Grand Rapids, Michigan
Position Vice President, Environmental Laboratory Division
Responsibilities
Responsible for the performance of three environmental laboratory locations: Grand Rapids, Ml;
Detroit, Ml; and Chattanooga, TN. Established manpower budgets, capital budgets and sales budgets
for each laboratory. Generated planned profitability by comparing monthly operating results to budgets
and making adjustments where necessary. Capability enhanced to take advantage of market
opportunities as they develop as well as improve productivity for existing services. Sales
responsibilities included securing large scale projects or national client development activities. Direct
management responsibilities included overseeing the Grand Rapids laboratory operations which included
six lab area supervisors.
Page I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1988 to 1991
Position
Responsibilities
WW Engineering and Science.
Grand Rapids. Michigan
Laboratory Director
Responsible for the day to day operations of a single full service environmental laboratory. During this
time period, the staff and capabilities grew from a 50 person organization to a 100 person laboratory
and the facility developed air testing. liquid chromatography, and full field testing services including
mobile laboratories for on-site analytical work. Developed cost benefit analysis programs with
supervisors to demonstrate how the selection of capital equipment/investments are made thereby
empowering supervisors to pursue the most automated and computerized instrumentation. Productivity
improvements became an element of their annual evaluation.
1985 to 1988
Position
Responsibilities
WW Engineering and Science
Grand Rapids, Michigan
Laboratory Manager
Responsible for operating initially a 25 person environmental laboratory t~at became a 50 person
organization within three years. Installed mechanisms for routine training of aII staff that enhanced the
data quality generated by the facility. Trained senior chemists with personnel skills to become
supervisors/coaches of their staff leading to productivity gains and higher profitability.
1981 to 1985 Came Pollution Control Inc.
Position Laboratory Manager
Responsibilities
Responsible for the day to day operations of a 20 person environmental laboratory organization.
Supervised several senior chemists who had oversight responsibilities for respective lab areas.
Acquired instrumentation and hire~ all staff as the laboratory grew.
1976 to 1981 Cam□ Pollution Control Inc.
Position Chemist
Responsibilities
Started up an environmental laboratory business for a water and waste water operations company.
Beginning with myself as the only chemist; I developed all analytical capabilities starting with
conventional waste water analyses such as BODS. COD. and ammonia-N to ultimately developed AA,
GC, and GC/MS services.
Page 2
I
I
u
m
B
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1974 to 1976 State University of New York
Plattsburgh, NY
Position Research Associate
Responsibilities
Conducted enzyme research studies on wheat for chlorophyll production. Responsible for three
undergraduate chemists that participated in experiments leading to the publication of identifying an
enzyme reaction mechanism that created the final esterification of the porphyrin ring leading to
chlorophyll production.
PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATIONS:
American Chemical Society
American Management Association
Michigan Water Federation
Rev. 9/95
Ooc#-HRR00900.NET
Page 3
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PROFESSIONAL PROFILE
Peter R. Hill
TITLE: Radiological Laboratory Operations Manger
ACADEMIC ACCOMPLISHMENTS:
Guilford College
B.S. in Chemistry, 1982
MAJOR AREA OF EXPERTISE:
Laboratory Management; Environmental Radiochemistry; Environmental Quality Assurance; Systems
Applications
SUMMARY OF EXPERlENCE:
Mr. Hill has over 10 years of experience in environmental analysis. His experience includes, but is not
limited to, environmental quality assurance, radiochemistry, computer applications and radiological
counting. Previous experience included participation in DOE projects and startup of a radiological
analysis laboratory.
PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE:
,July 1994 to Present !EA, Inc.
Cary, North Carolina
Position Radiological Laboratory Operations Manager
Responsibilities
Responsible for overall operations and profitability of the radiological laboratory.
Oct. 1991 to (ulv 1994 !EA, Inc.
Cary, North Carolina
Position Radiological Laboratory Supervisor
Responsibilities
Supervises immediate laboratory production and quality needs. Directly responsible for all counting
equipment and computer needs. Assists manager with development and validation. Troubleshoot any
laboratory problems, both in sample preparation and counting. Acts as the laboratory's backup
Radiation Safety Officer (RSO).
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.Jan. 1990 to Oct. 1991
Position
Responsibilities
CompuChem Laboratories. Inc.
RTP, North Carolina
Senior Radiochemist
Assisted in start-up of radiological laboratory. Responsible for performing radiological analysis.
including sample dissolution/extraction, separation and countirig. Programmed all counting
instruments, and developed a client database/reporting program. Assisted in method development and
detection limit studies. Troubleshoot any laboratory problems, both sample preparation and counting.
Acted as the laboratory's backup Radiation Safety Officer (RSO).
Oct. 1987 to .Ian. 1990
Position
Resporlsibilities
CompuChem Laboratories
RTP. North Carolina
QA Specialist
Ensured that data generated by all laboratory stations complied with established QA/QC acceptance
criteria. Primarily responsible for all laboratory certification programs. Conducted both internal and
external audits.
Aug. 1986 to Oct. 1987
Position
Responsibilities
CompuChem Laboratories, Inc.
RTP, North Carolina
Final Technical Reviewer
Final review of data packages for completeness and compliance to protocol.
the procedures for final technical review.
March 1985 to Aug. 1986
Position
Responsibilities
Environmental Testing Inc.
Charlotte, N.C.
Chemist
Trained new personnel in
Collection, analysis and reporting of air, water, soil and sludge samples for a variety of protocols.
Team leader for air field testing. Developed reporting programs for a variety of analyses.
SPECIALIZED TRAINING:
Radioisotope Techniques, NC Stale University, 1989.
Introduction to Radiochemistry, Gui! ford College, 1982
2
g
m
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PUBLIC\ TIO NS:
Rayno, Donald R. and Hill, Peter R. 1993. "Selecting a Radiological Laboratory". Proceeding of the
Second International Mixed Waste Symposium, Baltimore, Maryland.
Hill, Peter R. July, 1994. "Streamlining a Productive Radiochemistry Laboratory using Eichrom
Extraction Chromatography", Eichrom Industries Southeast Users Workshop.
Rev. 10/95
Doc#-HRRI 1200.NET
3
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TITLE:
PROFESSIONAL PROFILE
Linda Mitchell
Manager, Quality Assurance
Program Manager for Contract Laboratory Program
ACADEMIC ACCOMPLISHMENTS:
Huston-Tillotson College
B. S. Biology
MAJOR AREA OF EXPERTISE:
Environmental Laboratory Management
Research and Environmental Chemistry
Laboratory Quality Assurance
Data Review and Validation
SUMMARY OF EXPERIENCE:
Ms. Mitchell has over 20 years of experience in the laboratory environment. She has been laboratory
manager of a commercial environmental laboratory as well as fulfilled the roles of QA Manager and
Inorganic Laboratory Manager for a large engineering firm. Her experience includes research. field
sampling, analysis, QA program development and data validation.
PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE:
Mar. 1994 to Present IEA, Inc.
Cary, North Carolina
Position Quality Assurance Manager
Responsibilities
Provides input ru1d aids the continuing development of the Corporate QA Program and functions as liaison
between corporate QA and facility staff. Monitors the local facility QA program and its compliance with
the Corporate QA Program. This includes preparing reports to lab management and corporate QA on lab
turnaround, corrective actions and data challenges. Coordinates all inquiries related to quality issues and
follows up on corrective action as necessary. Responsible for QA review of reports verifying that all data
meets clients needs. Coordinates internal and external laboratory systems and performance audits and
performs internal laboratory audits. Responsible for the facility document control program, including SOPs
and logbooks as well as record archive. Responsible for EPA contract Compliance in the Contract
Laboratory Program and all communications with the EPA. Maintains all facility certifications and updates
as required.
Page 1
I
I
I
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Sept. 1993 to Mar. 1994 !EA. Inc.
Cary. North Carolina
Position Director. Technical Support Services/QA
Responsibilities
Functions as liaison between corporate QA and facility staff. Monitors the local facility QA program and
its compliance with the Corporate QA Program. ln addition, coordinates Technical Support Services
Department including final technical/QA review of reports and electronic deliverables, verifying that all
data meets clients needs for content, completeness and accuracy. Accountable for report compilation.
shipping and on-time delivery. Responsible for EPA contract Compliance in the Contract Laboratory
Program and all communications with the EPA. Maintains current knowledge of regulatory requirements
for State Certification Programs' in which the local facility participates.
Jun. 1989 to Sept. 1993 !EA, Inc.
Cary, North Carolina
Position Director, Technical Support Services
Responsibilities
Coordinates Technical Services Department supporting the laboratory production area which includes:
technical review, report generation and special projects requiring technical consultation. Responsible for
the final technical review of data received from the laboratory and verifying that data will meet clients'
request in content. completeness and accuracy, and accountable for its timely delivery. Designs and
implements standard and special report packages. Maintains current knowledge of regulatory requirements
in the industry and provides updates to the laboratory. Responsible for contract compliance and
corrununication with the EPA in the Contract Laboratory Program. Also responsible for preparation and
QA review of electronic deliverables from client specifications.
1988 to 1989 Parsons Corporation-Engineering Science
Position Inorganic Laboratory Manager/QA Manager
Responsibilities
Restructured and reorganized the Corporate Laboratory, Inorganic Section, to produce high quality CLP
data. Formulated and implemented Quality Assurance systems for identifying and solving
compliance/procedural problems for analytical requirements. Developed and implemented systems for
reporting to ensure the accurate and on-time delivery of data. Scheduled workload to ensure completion
of analysis within protocol and meet delivery dates. Reviewed and approved all results for accuracy and
compliance to meet Quality Assuranc~ guidelines.
1980 to 1987 Parsons Corporation-Chas. T. Main, Inc.
Position Laboratory Manager/Senior Laboratory Supervisor
Responsibilities
Responsible for the overall administration of the inorganic and organic laboratory providing full service
to internal engineering staff and commercial clients." Developed and implemented laboratory operation
budgets. Designed laboratory marketing brochure and developed sales and marketing plan. Responsible
for Laboratory Health and Safety program. Provided field service assistance and sampling to clients and
engineers meeting requirements for qualified field sample collection. Audited laboratories used in
subcontract agreements for QA compliance.
Page 2
I
g
D
I
m
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1973 to 1980 Charlotte Memorial Hospital, A.M., VA Hospital: UT Health Science
Center; Waller Reed Army Institute of Research
Responsibilities
Experimental Researcher
SPECIALIZED TRAINING:
Analytical Quality Control -EPA, Region IV
Health and Safety Training: Hazardous Waste Operations -Phoenix Safety Assoc.
Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy, Flame/Flameless -IL
Health Physics Aspects of Radioisotope Use -Walter Reed Army Medical Center
Zenger Miller -Frontline Leadership
Leading Improvement Teams -The Productivity Network
Enviroquant Dos Chemstations -Hewlett Packard
Customer Service -The Key to Success -The Farrell Group
Lessons in Leadership -Meredith College, Productivity Improvement Forum
PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATIONS:
American Water Works Association
PUBLICATIONS:
Graybill, J.R., Mitchell, L. F., and H. 8. Levine. I 978. Treatment of Murine Cryptococcosis: A
comparisons of Miconazole and Amphotericin 8. Antimicrobial Agents Chemotherapy. 13:277-283
Graybill, J.R., Craven, P.C., Mitchell, L.F. and D.J. Drutz. 1978. Interaction of Chemotherapy and
[mmune Defenses in Experimental Murine Cryptococcosis. Antimicrobial Agents chemotherapy. 14:659-
667
Treatment of Cryptococcosis: Is Amphotericin B the Whole Story? J.R. Graybill, Mitchell, L.F., and D.J.
Drutz. 1978. ICAAC
Failure of Miconalzole Therapy in Experimental Cryptococcosis. J.R. Graybill, and Linda F. Mitchell.
1977. AFCR.
Rev. l0/95
Dnc#-HRR0030 I .NET
Page 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TITLE:
PROFESSIONAL PROFIT.,£
Donald R. Rayno
Radiological Laboratory Technical Manager
ACADEMIC ACCOMPLISHMENTS:
Adirondack Community College (Glen Falls, NY)
A.S. in Math and Science, 1975
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
B.S. in Chemistry. 1977
MAJOR AREA OF EXPERTISE:
Environmental Radiochemistry
Alpha Spectrometry Interpretation
Gamma Spectroscopy Interpretation
Environmental Laboratory Management
SUMMARY OF EXPERIENCE:
Mr. Rayno has over 18 years of experience in radiochemistry. His experience includes. but is not
limited to, radiochemical separations, sample preparation, alpha spectrometry, gamma spectral
interpretation and radon monitoring. Previous experience included participation in DOE cleanup
projects and direction and management of the startup of a radiological analysis laboratory.
PROFESSIONAL EXPERlENCE:
July 1994 to Present !EA. Inc.
Cary. North Carolina
Position Radiological Laboratory Technical Manager
Responsibilities
Responsible for all technical aspects of the laboratory which includes new method development.
QA/QC issues. data review and any special projects.
Page I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1991 to July 1994 !EA. Inc.
· North Carolina
Position Manager, Radiological l.iboratory
Responsibilities
Responsible for all production and quality aspects of the radiological laboratory. Implement method
development and detection limit studies. Troubleshoot any laboratory problems, both sample
preparation and counting. Act as the laboratory's Radiation Safety Officer (RSO).
1989 to 1991
Position
Responsibilities
CompuChem Laboratories, Inc.
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
Manager Radiological l.iboratory
Directed start-up of radiological laboratory. Responsible for all production and quality aspects of the
radiological laboratory. Implement method development and detection limit studies. Troubleshoot any
laboratory problems, both sample preparation and counting. Acted as the laboratory's Radiation Safety
Officer (RSO).
1983 to 1989 Nuclear Services l.iboratory, NC State University
Raleigh, North Carolina
Position Radiochemist
Responsibilities
Supervised low-level radioactivity analysis bianch of Nuclear Services. Provided technical and
procedural direction and training for radiochemical personnel. Major work was directed toward
radiochemical support of the Marshall Islands clean-up. Extensive skills in alpha and gamma
spectroscopy as well as Neutron Activation Analysis (NAA), neutron radiography and isotope
production.
1977 to 1983 Argonne National L.iboratory
Chicago, Illinois
Position Radiological Scientist
Responsibilities
Performed radiochemical analysis of soil and water for U, Th, Ra, Pb and Po radionuclides. Extensive
field measurements for gamma radiation and airborne radon. Participated in radiochemistry support for
the clean-up of six uranium tailings sites and a plutonium processing facility in New Jersey.
SPECIALIZED TRAINING:
Taught modules in the Radioisotope Techniques short course at NC State University, I 983-1989.
Page 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PUBLICATIONS:
Rayno, Donald R. 1989. n Assimilation of Thorium into Vegetation". Sci. of Total Environ. 80:~43-
266.
Rayno. Donald R. 1988. "Radon -The First Decade 1899-1909", 33rd Annual Meeting of the Health
Physics Society, Boston MA.
Rayno. Donald R. 1983. "Estimated Dose to Man from Uranium Milling via the Beef/Milk Food-Chain
Pathway", Sci. Total Environ. 31:219-241.
Rayno, Doaald R. and Hill, Peter R. 1993. "Selecting a Radiological Laboratory", Proceeding of the
Second International Mixed Waste Symposium. Baltimore, MD.
Johnson, C.M., Jr., D.R. Rayno and F.G. Liming. 1995. "Study of the Reduction of Airborne 222Rn
through Chemical Stabilizatioa of 226Ra in Uranium Mill Tailings", J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
193:319-327.
Plus over 10 other technical reports. publications and presentations.
Rev. 10/95
Doc/1+HRRI 110! .NET
Page 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TITLE:
PROFESSIONAL PROFILE
Keith B. Scott
Manager, Organics Department
ACADEMIC ACCOMPLISHMENTS:
University of North Carolina -Wilmington
B.S. Biology
MAJOR AREA OF EXPERTISE:
Environmental testing utilizing GC and GC/MS techniques.
Organic sample preparation.
Environmental Laboratory Management
SUMMARY OF EXPERIENCE:
Mr. Scott has been involved in organic sample preparation and GC and GC/MS analyses for nine years.
He is proficient in various methodologies including volatiles, semi-volatiles, pesticides, herbicides, PCBs,
petroleum hydrocarbons, and the organic extractions associated with them. He has over five years
experience with the EPA contract laboratory programs pesticide analysis. ln addition, he bas over seven
years laboratory supervisory/management experience.
PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE:
Feb. 1995 to Present IEA, Inc.
Cary, North Carolina
Position Manager, Organics Department
Responsibilities
Responsible for all operations in the Organics Department. Insure all sample analyses have been performed
in strict accordance with IEA SOP requirements. Also responsible for maintaining adherence to lEA
quality control and quality assurance objectives. turnaround requirements and budgetary requirements.
Researches and implements new methodologies and instrument upgrades.
Oct. 1993 to Feb. 1995
Position
Responsibilities
IEA, Inc.
Cary, North Carolina
Manager, Semivolatile GC and GC/MS Departments
Manager, Sample Preparation Laboratory
Responsible for all operations in the Sample Prep, GC Semivolatiles, and GC/MS Semivolatile
departments. Also responsible for maintainiilg adherence to [EA quality control and quality assurance
objectives, turnaround requirements and budgetary requirements. Researches and implements new
methodologies and instrument upgrades.
Page I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1991 to 1993
Position
Responsibilities
!EA. Inc.
Cary. North Carolina
Manager, Gas Chromatography
Manager, Sample Preparation
Manager, Sample Management Department
Responsible for the overall operation of Gas Chromatography, sample preparation, and sample management
departments. This includes maintaining adherence to IEA quality control and quality assurance objectives,
turnaround requirements, and budgetary requirements. Researches and implements new methodologies and
instrument upgrades.
1990 to 1991 !EA. Inc.
Cary. North Carolina
Position Assistant Manager, Organics Division
Responsibilities
Responsible for operations in both the GC and sample prep laboratories. Insured timeliness of data
generation and review. Assisted Organics Manager as needed.
1989 to 1990 !EA, Inc.
Cary, North Carolina
Position Supervisor, GC Department
Responsibilities
Responsible for all operations in the GC laboratory. this included production in the areas of pesticides,
volatiles, and petroleum hydrocarbons. Supervised all analysis and conducted performance evaluations.
Maintained instrumentation in proper working condition. Reviewed all data. prior to releasing to clients.
1988 to 1989 !EA. Inc.
Cary, North Carolina
Position Asst. Supervisor, GC Department
Responsibilities
Ensured production requirements were met in all areas of GC laboratory. Reviewed data for analytical
integrity. Assisted Department Supervisor as required.
1987 to 1988 !EA. Inc.
Cary, North Carolina
Position Coordinator, Screening Department
Responsibilities
Coordinated the screening of all organic samples prior to analysis. Screening was performed by GC/FID
and GC/ECD. This included volatile, semi-volatile: and pesticide samples.
Page 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1986 to 1987 !EA, Inc.
Cary, North Carolina
Position GC Operator
Responsibilities
Responsible for the analysis and data interpretation of volatiles, pesticides, herbicides. PCBs, EDS and
DBCP, petroleum hydrocarbons and special projects.
1986 to 1986 !EA, Inc.
Cary, North Carolina
Position Laboratory Technician I
Responsibilities
Performed organic extractions on BNAs, oil and grease, pesticides, herbicides, and PCBs. Operated IR
spectrophotometer for oil and grease interpretations. Performed gel permeation cleanup on organic
samples.
SPECIALIZED TRAINING:
HPLC Carbamate· Pesticide Analysis -Waters Corporation
Rev. 10/95
Doc#-HRROI JOO.NET
Page 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TITLE:
ACADEMIC ACCOMPLISHMENTS:
North Carolina State University
B. S. Chemistry
Minor, Computer Science
MAJOR AREA OF EXPERTISE:
Inorganic Chemistry
SUMMARY OF EXPERIENCE:
PROFESSIONAL PROFILE
Donald Stogner
Inorganic Lab Manager
Mr. Stogner has experience in several major areas of inorganic chemistry including ICP/MS, ICP-AES.
GFAAS. Wet Chemistry, UV/Vis Spectroscopy and Cold Vapor AA.
PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE:
Sept. 1991 to Present IEA. Inc.
Cary, North Carolina
Position Manager. Inorganic Laboratory
Responsibilities
Responsible for managing both the wet chemistry laboratory as well as the metals area. Reviews data
from labs and assesses quality and methodology. He is responsible for all aspects of both laboratory
areas.
1985 to 1991 CompuChem Laboratories
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
Position Supervisor/Chemist Inorganic Laboratory
Responsibilities
Responsible for analysis of samples and supervision of other chemist in inorganic lab. Responsible for
problem solving and data quality. Responsible for all aspects from sample prep to final report.
SPECIALIZED TRAINING:
Various seminars on ICP/MS, ICP-AES, GFAAS, Air Monitoring and Instrument Maintenance
R~v. 5195
Doc#-HRR 10000.NET
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TITLE:
PROFESSIONAL PROFILE
Rebecca Teismann
Project Management/Sample Management/Data Management Manager
ACADEMIC ACCOMPLISHMENTS:
University of Cincinnati
A.S. Environmental Chemistry
MAJOR AREA OF EXPERTISE:
Environmental safety assessments, method development, environmental laboratory samples analysis.
technical data review, client relations and project management.
SUMMARY OF EXPERIENCE:
Over 23 years of laboratory experience in the environmental, pharmaceutical and manufacturing areas.
PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE:
Seot. I 995 to Present IEA, Inc.
Cary, North Carolina
Position Project Management/Sample Management/Data Management Manager
Responsibilities
Manage the sample log-in. project management and reporting processes as well as department staff.
Dec. 1994 to Sept. 1995 IEA, Inc.
Cary, North Carolina
Position Manager of Sample Management and Project Management
Responsibilities
Manage the sample log-in and project management processes as well as department staff.
.Ian. 1994 to Dec. 1994 IEA, Inc.
Cary, North Carolina
Position Supervisor of Project Management
Responsibilities
Supervise the daily functions of the project management group.
Page I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.Jan. 1992 to .Ian. 1994 !EA. Inc .
Cary, North Carolina
Position Project Manager
Responsibilities
Responsible for placing sample bottle orders. communicate to lab any special client needs (detection limits,
protocols. report formats). Resolve project discrepancies, review project folders after log-in, answer
technical questions and give advice on method options. Monitor status of projects in lab and during
review, provide assistance with technical review, help with data interpretation and review invoices.
Dec. 1990 to .Ian. 1992 !EA, Inc.
Cary. North Carolina
Position Client Account Representative
Responsibilities
Ensured complete service to the client. Provided the link between the client and the laboratory.
Dec. 1988 to Dec. 1990 !EA. Inc.
Cary, North Carolina
Position Technical Support Representative
Responsibilities
Ensured the accuracy and conformancy of sample results by performing technical data review.
,July 1987 to Dec. 1988 !EA, Inc.
Cary. North Carolina
Position GC/MS Operator
Responsibilities
Performed routine and CLP sample analysis via GC/MS and maintained quality control.
1986 to 1987 Clayton Environmental Consultants
Atlanta. Georgia
Position Quality Control Technologist
Responsibilities
Developed and coordinated all laboratory quality assurance/quality control functions. Asbestos air
monitoring and sample analysis.
Page 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1984 to 1986 Glaxo, Inc.
Zebulon. North Carolina
Position Laboratory Technician
Responsibilities
Determined the stability of drug products under various time, temperature and humidity conditions througb
sample analysis.
1981 to 1984
Position
Responsibilities
The Proctor and Gamble Company
Cincinnati, Ohio
Human & Environmental Safety Technician
Initiated and managed human and environmental safety tests in order to provide written safety assessments
of new ingredients and products.
1978 to 1984
Position
Responsibilities
The Proctor and Gamble Company
~incinnati, Ohio
Skin Safety Field Supervisor
Conducted and supervised skin testing on human volunteers in order to determine the skin sensitivity
potential of detergent products.
1976 to 1978
Position
Responsibilities
The Proctor and Gamble Company
Cincinnati. Ohio
Methods Development Technician
Developed methods used in routine testing of detergent products, by products and raw ingredients.
1975 to 1976
Position
Responsibilities
The Proctor and Gamble Company
Cincinnati, Ohio
Analytical Laboratory Technician
Analyzed various stages of detergent products for pilot facility studies.
Page 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1972 to 1975
Position
Responsibilities
PEDCO Environmental Specialists, Inc.
Cincinnati, Ohio
Environmental Laboratory Technician
Analyzed air, water and wastewater samples for various environmental parameters. Also included is field
sampling (wastewater, surface water and air.)
SPECIALIZED TRAINlNG:
GC/MS Operation and Interpretation (1987)
NIOSH 582 Sampling and Evaluation of Airborne Asbestos Dust (I 987)
Waters HPLC Training (1985)
Hewlett Packard Lab Computer Training (1985)
Rev. 10/95
Doc#HRR09500. NET
Page 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
APPENDIX, Section 2
IEA CHAIN-OF-CUSTODY FORM
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: II/ 17 /95
-
3000 WESTON PKWY.
CARY, N.C. 27513
PH# 919-677-0090
FAX# [phone]
SAMPLERS: SIGNA7VR
0 BOTTLE INTACT
□ PRESERVED
0 CHILLED - -
0 CUSTODY SEALS
0 SEALS INTACT
0 SEE REMARKS - - -
CHAIN OF CUSTODY RECORD lf149457
□ NPDES O DRINKING WATER □ RCRA O OTHER ________ _
Page ___ of __ _
----.. ----------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
APPENDIX, Section 3
IEA NETWORK SAMPLE PRESERVATION
AND
HOLDING TIME REQUIREMENTS
Date: 11/17/95
I
I IEA Corporation Sample Holding Times and Preservation Requirements
I
I Metals in Water
ParamcterJ Technique Mel.hod Holding Time
I AJuminum flame 202.1 6 Months
furnace 202.2 6 Months
I .. -ICP 200.7 6 Months
flame 7020 6 Months
I ICP 6010 6 Months
Antimony flame 204.1 6 Months
I
furnace 204.2 6 Months
ICP 200.7 6 Months
flame 7040 6 Months
I furnace 7041 6 Months
!CP 6010 6 Months
I Arsenic furnace 206.2 6 Months
AA, hvdride 206.3 6 Months
I ICP 200.7 6 Months
AA, hvdride 7061 6 Months
furnace 7060 6 Months
I ICP 6010 6 Months
Barium flame 208.1 6 Months .
I furnace 208.2 6 Months
lCP -200.7 6 Months
I flame 7080 6 Months
furnace 7081 6 Months
I ICP 6010 6 Months
Beryllium flame 210.1 6 Months
furnace 210.2 6 Months
I lCP 200.7 6 Months
flame 7090 6 Months
I furnace 7091 6 Months .
ICP 6010 6 Months
I Boron colorimetric 212.3 6 Months
·--, -" < •
I
ConlAincr
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml PG
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P.G
500 ml PG
'"" D~
Doc# QAS00702.NET
Date: 7/28/9~
Page 1 of IS
Preservation
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to pH<2
HN03 to oH<2
-~··
HN03 to oH <2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 tonH<2
HN03 to oH <2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to oil< 2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 tooH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HNOJ to oH <2
HN03 to oH <2
HN03 to pH <2
HNOJ 10 oH <2
HN03 to pH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to pl{ <2
HN03 to oH <2
HN03 to PH< 2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 lo pH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 IO oH<2
·•-·--·-.. ,,
I
I IEA Corporation Sample Holding Times and Preservation Requirements
I
I Metals in Water-Continued ...
Parameter 1 Technique Method Holding Time
I Cadmium flame 213.l 6 Months
furnace 213.2 6 Months
I ICP 200.7 6 Months
flame 7130 6 Months
I furnace 7131 6 Months
ICP 6010 6 Months
Calcium ICP 200.7 6 Months
I flame 215. l 6 Months
titrimclric 215.2 6 Months
I flame 7140 6 Months
ICP 6010 6 Months
I Chromium flame 218.1 6 Months
furnace 218.2 6 Months
I ICP 200.7 6 Months
flame 7190 6 Months
furnace 7191 6 Months
I ICP 6010 6 Months
Chromium . Conrccinitation 7195 24 Hours
I Hexavalent
colorimetric 7196 24 Hours
flame . 7197 24 Hours
I DPP 7198 24 Hours
Cobalt flame 219.1 6 Months
I furnace 219.2 6 Months
ICP 200.7 6 Months
flame 7200 6 Months
I furnace 7201 6 Months
.. -o,o ,
I
I
I
Container
500 ml P.G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500mlPG
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P.G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P.G
,no D~
DocJI QAS00702.NET
Date: 7/2S/94
Page 2 of l8
Preservation
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HNOJ to oH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 lO oH<2
HN03 lO nH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 lo nH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 to oH<2
Cool, 4 C .
Cool, 4 C.
Cool, 4 C.
Cool, 4 C.
HN03 to aH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 lo nH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 lo nH<2
--·. --. .. ;..,
I
I IEA Corporation Sample Holding Times and Preservation Requirements
I
I Metals in Water-Continued ...
Pafflmeter 1 Tcchn.iQuc Method Holdine Time
I Copper ICP 200.7 6 Months
flame 72IO 6 Months
I furn.ace -7211 6 Months
ICP 6010 6 Months
I Iron flame 236.1 6 Months
furnace 236.2 6 Months
I
ICP 200.7 6 Months
flame 7380 6 Months
furnace 7381 6 Months
I lCP 6010 6 Months
Lead flame 239.1 6 Months
I furnace 239.2 6 Months
ICP 200.7 6 Months
I flame 7420 6 Months
furnace 7421 6 Months
ICP 60IO 6 Months
I Magnesium flame 242.1 6 Months
-furnace 239.2 6 Months
I flame 7450 6 Months
furnace . 7421 6 Months
I Manganese flame 243.1 6 Months
furnace 243.2 6 Months
I ICP 200.7 6 Months
flame 7460 6 Months
furnace 7461 6 Months
I ICP 6010 6 Months
Mercury cold vapor-manual 245.1 28 Days
I co!d vaoor-.11,utomated 245.2 28DaYI
. •••o 00 -
I
I
Container
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
' 500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500mlPG
,.,.,.. _, b r.:
Dool QAS00702.NET
Date: 7 /28/94
Page 3 of 18
Preservation
HNO3 to oH<2
HNO3 to oH<2
HNO3 to oH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to pH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 tooH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 tooH<2
HN03 tonH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to pH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to pH<2
HNOJ to oH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HNO3 to pH<2
HNO3 to oH<2
HNO3 to pH<2
HNO3 to pH<2
HNO3 to oH<2
HNO3 to pH<2
HNO3 tooH<2
n~,,.,,.., tn. n _..,
I
I IEA Corporation Sample Holding Times and Preservation Requirements
I
I Metals in Water-Continued ...
Parameter' I Technique Method Holdini:r Time
I Molybdenum flame 246.1 6 Months
furnace 246.2 6 Months
I lCP 200.7 6 Months
flame 7480 6 Months
I furnace 7481 6 Months
ICP 6010 6 Months
I Nickel flame 249.1 6 Months
furnace 249.2 6 Months
ICP 200.7 6 Months
I flame 7520 6 Months
furnace 7521 6 Months
I ICP 6010 ·6 Months
Potassium flame 258.1 6 Months
I ICP 200.7 6 Months
flame 7610 6 Months
ICP 6010 6 Months
I Selenium ICP 200.7 6 Months
. furnace 270.2 6 Months
I AA, hvdride 270.3 6 Months
ICP . 6010 6 Months
I furnace 7740 6 Months
AA, hvdride 7741 6 Months
I Silica ICP 200.7 6 Months
Silver flame 272.1 6 Months
furnace 272.2 6 Months
I ICP 200.7 6 Months
flame 7760 6 Months
I furnace . 7761 6 Months
---••·n £ • • •
I
I
Container
500 ml P,G
500 ml P.G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
,,~~ . n r-
Doell QAS00702.NET
Date: 7/28/94
Page 4 of 18
Preservation
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HNOJ to nH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to nH <2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HNOJ to nH <2
HNOJ to oH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HNOJ to nH<2
HN03 tonH<2
HNOJ to nH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to nH <2
HN03 to nH<2
. ····~·
I
I !EA Corporation Sample Holding Times and Preservation Requirements
I
I Metals in Water-Continued . ..
Parameter l Techniciue Method Holdin2 lime
I Sodium flame 273.1 6 Months
ICP 200.7 6 Months
I flame 7770 6 Months
ICP 6010 6 Months
I Thallium flame 279.1 6 Months
furnace 279.2 6 Months
ICP 200.7 6 Months
I flame 7840 6 Months
furnace 7841 6 Months
I ICP 6010 6 Months
Tin flame 282.1 6 Months
I furnace 282.2 6 Months
flame 7870 6 Months
I Titanium flame 283.1 6 Months
furnace 283.2 6 Months
Vanadium flame 286.1 6 Months
I furnace 286.2 6 Months
• ICP 200.7 6 Months
I flame 7910 6 Months
furnace . 7911 6 Months
I ICP 6010 6 Months
Zinc flame 289.1 6 Months
•
furnace 289.2 6 Months
I ICP 200.7 6 Months
flame 7950 6 Months
I furnace 7951 6 Months
ICP 6010 6 Months
I
I
I
Container
500 ml P.G
500 ml P.G
500mlPG
500 ml P,G
500 ml P.G
500 ml P.G
500 ml P.G
500 ml P.G
500 ml P.G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500mlPG
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P.G
500 ml P.G
500 ml P.G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml PG
Dool' QAS00702.NET
Date: 7/28/94
Page 5 of 18
Preservation
HN03 tooH<2
HNO3 lo oH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HNO3 lo oH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HNO3 to oH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to oH <2
HN03 to pH <2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to oH <2
HN03 to oH<2
HN03 to nH<2
HN03 l-0 oH <2
HN03 to oH<2
HNO3 lo oH<2
HNO3 to oH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HNO3 lo oH<2
HNO3 lo oH<2
HN03 topH<2
HN03 lo oH<2
HNO3 t-0 oH<2
HN03 to oH<2
HNO3 l-0 oH<2
I
I IEA Corporation Sample Holding Times and Preservation Requirements
I
I Wet Chemistries in Water
Parameter 1 TechniQue Method Holdini> Time
I Aciditv titrimetric 305.1 14 Davs
Alkalinitv titrimctric 310.1 14 Davs
I Biochemical 5 days, 20 C. 405.1 48 Hours
Oxygen
Demand tnQD)
I Bromide titrimetric 320.1 28 Davs
Chemical Oxygc~ titrimctric, mid-level 410.1 28 Davs
Demand (COO)
titrimetric, low-level 410.2 28 Davs
I titrimetric, high-level 410.3 28 Davs
automated-colorimetric 410.4 28 Davs
I Chloride colorimetric 325.2 28 Davs
colorimetric 9250 28 Davs
I titrimetric 9252 28 Davs
colorimetric 9257 28 Davs
I Cyanide amenable to chlorine 335.1 14 Days 1
spectrophotometric 335.2 14 Days•2
I Tola.I, UV 335.3 14 Days 1
.
I colorimetric 9012 14Days 1
.
Fluoride distillation 340.1 28 Davs
I ion selective electrode 340.2 28 Davs
colorimetric 340.3 28 Davs
I Hardness, Total colorimetric 130.1 6 Months
titrimetric 130.2 6 Months
Iodide titrimetric 345.1 24 Davi
I Methylene Blue colorimetric 425.1 48 Hours
Active Substances
I Nitrogen colorimetric.ohenate 350.1 2& Dava
Ammonia <
distillation 350.2 2& Davs
"'"' "" .
I
I
Container
100 ml P,G
100 ml P,G
1000 ml P,G
100 ml P,G
50 ml P,G
50 ml P,G
50 ml P,G
50 ml P,G
50 ml P,G
50 ml P,G
50 ml P,G
50 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
100 ml P,G
100 ml P,G
100 ml P,G
500 ml P,G
500mlPG
500 ml P,G
"r.r. • or..
' ..
Doc# QAS0070UTI
Date: 7/28/94
Page 6 of 18
Preservation
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
none rcnuircd
Cool 4 C, H2S04 to oH <2
Cool 4 C, H2SO4 l-0 nH <2
Cool 4 C, H2S04 to oH <2
Cool 4 C, H2SO4 to nH <2
none rcauired
none rcnuircd
none rcauircd
none rcouircd
Cool 4 C, NaOH to pH> 12
Ascorbic Acid 1
Cool 4 C, NaOH to pH> 12
Ascorbic Acid 1
Cool 4 C, NaOH to pH> 12
Ascorbic Acid 1
Cool 4 C, NaOH to pH> 12
Ascorbic Acid 1
none renuired
none renuired
none reouired ·
HNO3 to nH<2
· HNO3 to oH <2
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C-H2SO4 to nH <2
Cool 4 C H2SO4 to nH <2
. ,... ----,_ --.,....,
I
I IEA Corporation Sample Holding Times and Preservation Requirements
I
I Wet Chemistries in Water-Continued ...
Parameter J Techninue Method Holdinl!' Time Container
I Nitrogcn-TKN colorimetric,ohcnate 351.1 28 Davi 500 ml P,G
block diPl"stor 351.2 28 Davs 500 ml P.G
I colorimetric 351.3 28 Davs 500 ml P.G
ion selective cleclrode 351.4 28 Dava 500 ml P.G
I Nitrate colorimetric, brucine 352.1 48 Hours JOO ml P,G
colorimetric, brucine 9200 48 Hours JOO ml P.G
Nitrate-Nitrite colorimetric, hvdrazine 353.1 28 Davs JOO ml P,G
I cadmium reduction, 353.2 28 Days 100 ml P,G
auto
I cadmiuin reduction, 353.3 28 Days JOO ml P,G
manual
Nitrite sncctronhotomctric 354.1 48 Hours JOO ml P,G
I Oil & Grease, gravimetric 413.1 28 Days 1000 ml G only
Total
lR 413.2 28 Days 1000 ml G only
I gni.vimetric 9070 28 Days IOOO rnJ G only
I gravimetric•sludge 9071 28 Days 1000 rnJ G only
Petroleum -lR 418.1 14 Days 1000 ml G only
I H vdrocarbons
pH electrode -150.1 in-field 50 ml P,G
I electrode 9040 in.field 50 ml P,G
test naner 9041 in•field 50 ml P.G
Phenolics, snectronhotometric 420.1 28 Davs 500 ml G only
I T-Recoveni.ble
colorimetric 420.2 28 Davs 500 ml G only
4AAP, Manual, 9065 28 Days 500 mJ G only
I Distillation
4AAP,Aulo, 9066 28 Day1 500 ml G only
Distillation
I MBTH, Distillation 9067 28 Davs 500 mJ G only
Phosphorus, colorimetric, auto 365.1 48 Hours 50 ml P.G
Ortho
I colorimetric sin1>le 365.2 48 Hours 50 ml PG
colorimetric-dual 365.3 48 Hours 50 ml P,G
i tot.al, auto, block. 365.4 48 Hours 50 ml P,G
Doc.I' QAS00702.NET
Date: 7 /28194
Page 7 or 18
Preservation
Cool 4 C, H2S04 to oH <2
Cool 4 C. H2S04 to oH <2
Cool 4 C, H2S04 to oH <2
Cool 4 C, H2S04 to pH <2 ·
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C, H2S04 to oH <2
Cool 4 C, H2S04 to pH <2
Cool 4 C, H2S04 to pH < 2
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C, HCL or H2S04
to oH <2
Cool 4 C, HCL or H2SO4
lo oH <2
Cool 4 C, HCL or H2SO4
lo oH <2
Cool 4 C, HCL or H2SO4
to pH <2
Cool 4 C, HCL to pH <2
not annlicablc
not annlicable
not annlicable
Cool 4 C, H2S04 to oH <2
Cool 4 C, H2SO4 to oH <2
Cool 4 C, H2SO4 to pH < 2
Cool 4 C, H2S04 to pH <2
Cool 4 C, H2S04 to pH < 2
Fi her immediately, Cool 4 C
Filler immediately. Cool 4 C '
Filter immedialclY, Cool 4 C
Filter immediately, Cool 4 C
I
I IEA Corporation Sample Holding Times and Preservation Requirements
I
I Wet Chemistries in Water-Continued ...
Parameter' Tcchniauc Method Holdin° Time Container
I Phosphorus, colorimetric, auto 365.1 28 Days 50 ml P,G
Tot.al
colorimetric, sing-le 365.2 48 Hours 50 ml P.G
I colorimctric-<iual 365.3 48 Hours 50 mJ P.G
total, auto, block 365.4 48 Hours 50 ml P,G
I di<>estcr
Residue (Solids) filterable ITDS) 160.l 7 Davs 100 ml P,G
non•filterablc rfSS) 160.2 7 Davs 100 ml P.G
I total ITS) 160.3 7 Davs 100 ml P,G
volatile 160.4 7 Davs 100 ml P,G
I settlcable 160.5 48 Hours JOO ml P,G
Specific meter 120.1 28 Davs 100 ml P,G
Conductance
I meter 9050 28 Davs 100 ml P,G
Sulfate ion chromatoe:raohv 300.0 28 Davs 50 ml P,G
I colorimetric 375.l 28 Davs 50 ml P,G
<>-ravimetric 375.3 28 Davs 50 ml P,G
turbidimetric 375.4 28 Davs 50 ml P,G
I colorimetric 9035 28 Davs 50 ml P,G
. colorimetric 9036 28 Davs 50 ml P,G
I turbidimetric 9038 28 Davs 50 ml P,G
Sulfide titrimetric -376.1 7 Days 500 ml P,G
I colorimetric 376.2 7 Days 500 ml P,G
I colorimetric 9030 7 Days 500 ml P,G
Total Organic combustion or 415.1 28 Days 50 ml P,G
Carbon (fOC) ox.idation
I combustion or 9060 28 Days 50 ml P,G
ox.idation
I Total Organic titrimctric 9020 28 Days 1000 ml G only 4
Halides (fOX) No Hcadspacc
'
~ .. . -' -.. ·-n~
I
I
DocJ QAS00702.NET
Date: 7 /28/94
Page 8 of 18
Preservation
Cool 4 C, H2S04 to pH <2
Cool 4 C, H2S04 to nH <2
Cool 4 C H2S04 to nH < 2
Cool 4 C, H2S04 to pH <2
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C .
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C, ZnAc/NaOH to
oH>9
Cool 4 C, ZnAc/NaOH lo
nH>9
Cool 4 C, ZnAc/NaOH lo
nH>9
Cool 4 C, HCL or H2S04
to oH <2
Cool 4 C, HCL or H2S04
to nH <2
Cool 4 C,
H2S04topH <2j
Sodium Sulfile
~ .• ,..
I
I IEA Corporation
I
I
Parameter 1
I Halogenated
Volatile Organics
I Non-Halogenated
Volatile O=anics
Purgeable
I Aromatics
I Acrolcin &
Acrylonitrile
I Phenols
I
Phthalale Esters
I
I Nitrosamines
Organochlorinc"
I Pesticides
and PCB's
I Poly nuclear
Aromatic
Hydrocarbons
I (PNA"s)
I
I
I
I
Sample Holding Times and Preservation Requirements
Parameters bv Gas Chromatovraah y in Water
Tcchninue Method Holdina Time Container
!!as chromatoirraohv 601 14 Davs 3x40 ml vials
2:aS chromatoo-ranhv 8010 14 Davs 3x40 ml vials
gas chromatography 8015 14 Days 3x40 ml vials
gas chromatography 602 7/14 Days 7 3 x40 ml vials
gas chromatography 8020 7/14 Days 7 3 x40 ml vials
gas chromatography 603 14 Days 3x40 ml vials
gas chromatogniphy 8030 14 Days 3x40 ml vials
gas chromatography 604 ext.-7 Days l L, AmberG
anal.-40 Davs
gas chromatography 8040 ext.-7 Days 1 L, Amber G
anal.-40 Davs
gas chromatography 606 ext.-7 Days l L, AmberG
anal.-40 Davs
gas chromatography 8060 ext.-7 Day5 I L, Amber G
anal.-40 Dav5
gas chromatography 607 ext.-7 Days 1 L, Amber G
anal.-40 Davs
gas chromatography 608 ext.-7 Days I L, Amber G
anal.-40 Da-vs
gas chromatography . 8080 ext.-7 Days I L, Amber G
anal.-40 Davs
g" 610 ext.-7 Days I L, Amber G
chromatol!raohv/LC anal.-40 Da-vs
gas chromatography 8100 ext.-7 Days l L, Amber G
anal.-40 Davs
HPLC 8310 ext.-7 Days I L, Amber G
' .. -
Doc.I QAS00702.NET
Date: 7/2R/94
Page 9 of 18
Preservation
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfate '
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfate 6
Cool 4 C., HCL to pH< 2,
Thiosulfate '
Cool 4 C., HCL to pH<2,
Thiosulfate '
Cool 4 C., HCL to pH <2,
Thiosulfate '
Cool 4 C., HCL to pH 5,
Thiosulfatc'
Cool 4 C., HCL to pH 5,
Thiosulfate '
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfate'
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfate'
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfate 1
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfate 6
Cool 4 C. ,Thiosulfate 4
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfatc 1
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfate'
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfa1e'
Cool 4 C. ,Thiosulfate •
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfa1.e •
I
I IEA Corporation
I
I
Parameter J
I Halocther.i
I Chlorinated
Hydrocarbons
I Organophosphoru
s Pesticides
I Chlorinated .. . .
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Sample Holding Times and Preservation Requirements
Parameters bv Gas Chromatoe:raohv in Water-Continued ...
Techniouc Method Holdina Time Container
gas chromalOgraphy 611 ext.-7 Daya l L, Amber G
anal.-40 Davs
gas chromatography 612 ext.-7 Days I L, Amber G
anal.-40 Davs
gas chromatography 8120 cxt.-7 Days I L, Amber G
anal.--40 Davs
gas chromatography 8140 ext.-7 Daya I L, Amber G
anal.-40 Oavs
gas chromatography 8150 ext.· 7 Days I L, Amber G .. -,-
DocJ QAS00702.NET
Date: 7/28/9-t
Page 10 of 18
Preservation
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfat.c'
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfatc'
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfate'
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfate'
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfate'
I
I !EA Corporation Sample Holding Times and Preservation Requirements
I
I Parameters bv GC/MS in Water
Parameter J Tcchnioue Method Holdinll Time
I Purgcables GC/MS-624 list 624 7/14 Daya 1
I Priority Pollutant list 624 7/14 Day1 1
Hazardous Substance 624 7/14 Days 1
list
I Target Compound list 624 7/14 Days 1
ITCLl
I Appendix IX list 624 7/14 Days 7
Priority Pollutant list 8240 7/14 Days 1
I Hazardous Substance 8240 7/14 Days 1
list
I Target Compound list 8240 7/14 Days 1
rrcu
Appendix IX list 8240 7/14 Days 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Container
3x40 ml vials
3x40 ml vials
3x40 ml vials
3x40 ml vials
3x40 ml vials
3x40 ml vials
3x:40 ml vials
3x40 ml vials -
3x40 ml vials
Doc# QAS00702.NET
Date: 7/28/94
Page 11 of 18
Preservation
Cool 4 C., HCL to pH<2,
Thiosulfate '
Cool 4 C., HCL to pH <2,
Thiosulfate '
Cool 4 C., HCL to pH <2,
Thiosulfate '
Cool 4 C., HCL to pH <2,
Thiosulfate '
Cool 4 C., HCL to pH <2,
Thiosulfalc '
Cool 4 C., HCL to pH<2,
Thiosulfatc '
Cool 4 C., HCL to pH <2,
Thiosulfatc '
Cool 4 C., HCL to pH<2,
Thiosu!fatc'
Cool 4 C., HCL to pH<2, . '
I
I IEA Corporation Sample Holding Times and Preservation Kequirements
I
I Parameters bv GC/MS in Water
Parameter J Tcchniauc Mclhod Holdine: Time
I Base-Neutral & 625 list 625 cxt.-7 Days
Acid anal.-40 Davs
Extcactablcs
Priority Pollutant list 625 ext.-7 Days
I anal.-40 Davs
Hazardous Substance 625 cxt.-7 Days
list anal.-40 Davs
I Target Compound list 625 ext.-7 Days
rrcu anal.-40 Days
Appendix IX list 625 ext.-7 Days
I anal.-40 Davs
Priority Pollutant list 8250 ext.-7 Days
anal.-40 Oavs
I Hazardous Substance 8250 ext.-7 Days
list anal.-40 Davs
Target Compound list 8250 cxt.-7 Days
I rrcu anal.::40 Davs
Appendix IX list 8250 ext.-7 Days
anal.-40 Davs
I Priority Pollutant list 8270 ext.-7 Days
anal.-40 Days
Hazardous Substance 8270 ext.-7 Days
I list anal.-40 Davs
Target Compound list 8270 ext.-7 Days . rrcu anal.-40 Davs
I Appendix IX list 8270 ext.-7 Days . ., ..... ~ ·-
I
I
I
I
I
I
Container
1 L, AmbcrG
IL, AmberG
I L, Amber G
I L, Amber G
l L, Amber G
IL, AmberG
I L, Amber G
l L, Amber G
I L, Amber G
1 L, Amber G
IL, AmberG
l L, Amber G
I L, Amber G
Docll QAS00702.NET
Date: 7/28/94
Page 12 of 1S
~servation
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfatc'
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfate'
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfatc'
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfate'
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfate 1
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfatc 1
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfate'
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfatc'
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfatc'
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfatc'
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfate'
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfate 6
Cool 4 C.,Thiosulfate 6
I
I IEA Corporation Sample Holding Times and Preservation Requirements
I
I Metals in Soil
Parameter 1 Tcchniauc Method Holdin° Tiine
I Aluminum tlamc 7020 6 Months
ICP 6010 6 Months
I Antimony flame 7040 6 Months
furnace 7041 6 Months
I ICP 6010 6 Months
Arsenic ICP 6010 6 Months
furnace 7060 6 Months
I AA, hvdride 7061 6 Months
Barium flame 7080 6 Months
I furnace 7081 6 Months
ICP 6010 6 Months
I Beryllium flame 7090 6 Months
furnace 7091 6 Months
ICP 6010 6 Months
I Boron ICP 6010 6 Months
Cadmium flame 7130 6 Months
I furnace 7131 6 Months
ICP 6010 6 Months
I Calcium flame 7140 6 Months
ICP . 6010 6 Months
I Chromium flame 7190 6 Months
furnace 7191 6 Months
---,. ,n '
I
I
I
I
I
Container
100 • P,G
100 e P,G
100 .'!: P,G
100 I? P,G
100 e P.G
100 •PG
100 P P,G
100 e P.G
100 • P,G
100 • P,G
100 I? P,G
100 e P,G
100 e-P,G
100 g P.G
100 e P.G
100 11 P,G
100 • P,G
100 g P.G
100 • P.G
100 • P.G
100 I? P,G
100 • P.G
,--nr
Doc# QAS00702.NET
Date: 7 /28/94
Page 13 or 18
Preservation
Coo14C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool4C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C:
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool4C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C .
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
-'r
I
I IEA Corporation Sample llolding Times and Preservation Requirements
I
I Metals in Soil-Continued ...
Parameter 1 I Tcchniouc Method Holdi--Timc
I Cobalt flame 7200 6 Months
furnace 7201 6 Months
I . ICP 6010 6 Months
Copper flame 7210 6 Months
furnace 7211 6 Months
I ICP 6010 6 Months
Iron flame 7380 6 Months
I furnace 7381 6 Months
ICP 6010 6 Months
I L<,d flame 7420 6 Months
furnace 7421 6 Months
I ICP 6010 6 Months
Magnesium flame 7450 6 Months
ICP 6010 6 Months
I Manganese flame 7460 6 Months
furnace 7461 6 Months
I ICP 6010 6 Months
Mercury cold vapor-manual 7470 28 Davs .
I cold vaoor-manual 7471 28 Davs
Molybdenum flame . 7480 6 Months
I furnace 7481 6 Months
ICP 6010 6 Months
Nickel flame 7520 6 Months
I furnace 7521 6 Months
ICP 6010 6 Months
I Potassium flame 7610 6 Months
ICP 6010 6 Months
I Selenium ICP 6010 6 Months
furnace 7740 6 Months
.. . .. --·, , . -
I
I
Container
100 • P,G
1002 P.G
100 • P,G
100 • P,G
100 • P,G
100 • P,G
100 • P,G
100 • P,G
1001!' P,G
100 • P,G
100"' P,G
100 • P,G
100 I!' P,G
100 • P,G
100 2 P,G
100 • P,G
100 • P,G
100 • P,G
100 • P,G
100 • P,G
100 • P,G
100 • P,G
100 • P,G
100 Q" P,G
100 • P,G
100 • P,G
100 • P,G
100 Q" P,G
100 2 P,G
--n~
Doc# QAS00702.NET
Date: 7/28/94
Page 14 of 18
Preservation
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool4C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cooi 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C .
Cool 4 C.
Cool4C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool4C.
Cool4C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
--~
I
I IEA Corporation Sample Holding Times and Preservation Requirements
I
I Metals in Soil-Continued ...
Parameter J Techninue Method Holdina Time
I Silver flame 7760 6 Months
furnace 7761 6 Months
I ICP 6010 6 Months
Sodium flame 7770 6 Months
ICP 6010 6 Months
I Thallium flame 7840 6 Months
furnace 7841 6 Months
I lCP 6010 6 Months
Tin flame 7870 6 Months
I Vanadium flame 7910 6 Months
furnace 7911 6 Months
I ICP 6010 6 Months
Zinc flame 7950 6 Months
furnace 7951 6 Months
I ''>0 ,: --.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Container
100 • P,G
100 • P,G
100 • P.G
100 u P,G
100 • P,G
100" P,G
100 • P.G
100 11 P,G
100 ~ P,G
100 P-P,G
100 • P,G
100" P,G
100 a P,G
100 • P.G
---,..,,
Doc# QAS00702.NET
Date: 7/28/94
Page 1S of 18
Preservation
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cooi 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
-
I
I IEA Corporation Sample Holding Times and Preservation Requirements
I
I Wet Chemistries in Soil
Parameter J Tcchniaue Method Holdin2: Time
I Cyanide 1pcctrophotometric 9010 14 Days
colorimetric 9012 14 Oavs
I Sulfate colorimetric 9035 28 Days
colorimetric 9036 28 Davs
rurbidimetric 9038 28 Days
I -·-. ----
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Container
100 e: P,G
100 • P.G
100 • P.G
100 • P,G
100 I? P,G
.,..,.. ~ n r-.
Doc# QAS00702.NET
Date: 7 /28/9-t
Page 16 of 18
Preservation
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
,.. • A ,-.
I
I IEA Corporation
I
I Parameter,
I Halogenated
Vala.tile
Oreanics
I Non-Halogenated
Volatile
Ort?anics
I
Purgeable
Aromatics
Acrolcin &
Acrvlonitrile
I Phenols
Phthalate Esters
I Nitrosamines
I Organochlorine
Pesticides
and PCB's
I Polynuclear
Aromatic
Hydrocarbons
(PNA's)
I Chlorinaled
Hydrocarbons .
I Organophosphoru
s Pesticides
Chlorinated
I .. ..
I
I
I
I
I
Sample Holding Times and Preservation Requiremeots
Parameters bv Gas Chromatogranhv in Soil
Techniauc Mclhod Holdinl! Time Container
gas chromatography 8010 14 Days 3 x40 mJ vials1
gas chromatography 8015 14 Days 3x40 mJ vials'
gas chromatography 8020 14 Days 3x40 mJ vials'
gas chromatography 8030 14 Days 3x40 ml vials'
gas chromatography 8040 cxt.-14 Daya 100 g ,G
anal.-40 Davs
gas chromatography 8060 cxt.-14 Days 100 g ,G
anal.-40 Davs
gas chromatography 8070 ext.-14 Days 100g ,G
an.al.-40 Davs
gas chromatography 8080 ext.-14 Days 100 g ,G
anal.-40 Days
gas chromatography 8100 ext.•14 Days IOOg ,G
anal.-40 Davs
HPLC 8310 ext.-14 Days 100 g ,G
anal.--40 Dan
gas chromatography 8120 ext.-14 Days 100 g ,G
anal.-40 Davs
gas chromatography 8140 ext.-14 Days 100 g ,G
. anal.--40 Davs
gas chromatography 8150 ext.·14 Days 100 g ,G . .. -
Doc# QAS00702.NET
Date: 7 /28/94
Page 17 of 18
Preservation
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 c.·
Cool 4 C.
C0:014C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool4C .
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!EA Corporation Sample Ilolding Times and Preservation Requirements
Parameters bv GC/MS in Soil
Pan1meter 1 Techninuc Method HoldinP' Time
Vo!atile organics oacked column 8240 14 Dava
canillarv column 8260 14 Davs
Base-Nculntl & semi-vol packed 8250 ext.-14 Days
Acid anal.-40 D11.vs
Ext.ractables
semi-vol capillary 8270 ext.-14 Days
an.al.-40 Davs
Footnotes
Container
3x40 ml vials'
3x40 ml vials'
IOOg ,G
JOO g ,G
Doc# QAS00'/02.NET
Date: 7/28/94
Page 18 of 18
Preservation
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
Cool 4 C.
1 If residual chlorine is present in the sample, 0.6 g of ascorbic acid is utilized. Ascorbic acid is onJy used if residual chlorine is present.
• Maxinwm holding lime is 24 hour.. when sulfide is present. Optionally, all samples may be tested with lead acetate paper before pH adjustments in order
to detennine if sulfide is present. If sulfide is pf'Csent, it can be removed by the addition of cadmium nilnlte powder until a negative spot test is obtained.
The sample is filtered and then NaOH is added to pH 12.
1 The following information is based upon EPA requirements as outlined in Table II, Part 136, Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, July 1991.
This reference should be consulted if further clarification is desired. Various stale agencies have differing requirements for both holding times and
preservation from those listed above. In such cases, the local requirements supercede the EPA information.
All samples should be collected in bottles with teflon septa and be protected from light. If this is not possible, use 250 ml bottles fined with teflon lined
caps. Samples should contain no headspace.
' If samples contain residual chlorine, it must be n:moved in the field by adding sulfite to the sample bottle (5 mg sodium sulfite crystals per liter of sample).
' If samples contain residual chlorine, 0.008 % sodium thiosulfate must be added at the time of sampling and should only be used if residual chlorine is
present.
If samples do not receive pH adjustment, the holding time is 7 days. With pH adjustment, the holding time is 14 days.
Alternatively, wide mouth glass jars designed for volatile samples may be utilized with teflon lined caps.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
APPEi~IX, Section 4
LABORATORY FLOOR PLAN
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
-- - - - -- -
IEA/North
•
• a.
I L
0 ,. .. .. ..
~An ,c:,,J.l ti nil
- - - - --
Carolina
--
Wll<l2
I ., 11,,1,U,HC( MXM
C "' CQlf'OtOla: 1100.. 0 • OAIIX 1t0CM r .. rn.o S0!'¥1ct.S
CC .. CAS Q{ftCII>,~
Cl. • a..A.SS'W.I.M: Q.LAAIN, l • UMot J..lt£A
Ill • WIOl:0DIO..OC'T
II! • WCTALS ~ -""""'°"" Ill • WASS SPtC TIIQ,j CTJl l
• -cmc,:
II • Jlt('t:[JITI~
M • ltCS'T IIOCWS
S • STCIU.QC / MISC.
?•SAMl"t..Cf'«.U'
SR • S,I.MPI.[ "l:COJ'T
'!N • st'Wl-~ ... l,TIU
y -VCU.lll£
• -'lfAI.Jt-tt COOl.DI
~ • JIC'1 CHDIIS'T!IT lA!I
--
---- - ----- -
IEA/Nortl1 Carolina
Radiological Laboratory
-
,;====;=;===,==;;===;===r=,;===r===r-,-.-· -····--·-·--0~-._ -----=-=-===!l--11
' I
I
I
' I
I
' 1----
' I I
' ' I
' ' 1-1
' ' ' ' ' I
1-1 I I I
' I I I I ' I I
' '
, __ --· ,_,
Sample Preparation Laboratory
------1
I I 1--,---1
I I I I
I
I
I I
I
I --
r--
1
I
' I
I
I
' I
I
I
' ---
--,
I
I
I I
I
I
I ' , I I
m
Sample Preparation Laboratory
·-----1
' ' 1--,---1
I
I
' ,--
I I
I '
Radiological
Counting Laboratory
- - - - --
Office
Data Reduction
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
APPENDIX, Section 5
ORGANIZATIONAL CHART
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11117195
--------------------
File: NC1.0PX
11,..,_ Oll/25/9'S
I
Manager
QA
L. Mitchell
I
Manager
Radiological Lab
Operations
P. Hill
IEA -North Carolina
Director NC
Operations
J. Dullaghan
Adm in. Assist/Sales
,-Support
A. Hoffman
I ' I
Director Manager
Support Services Sales/Marketing
R. Parker D. Goebel
I I
Manager i Manager
MIS Organics
E. Davis K. Scott
..
I
Manager Project Mgmt &
Sample Management &
Data Management
B. Teismann
I
Manager
In organics
D. Stogner
.. --
!-,tanager M,n,ga
Volatiles Scmivolati\CJ
Op,a K. Hlnsliaw
'
GC Analyst (2) GCIMS
GCIMS Analyst Opuaton {3)
(J)
GCIMSData
1 GC Supervisor
Reviewcn (1) (1)
. GCDa1aR~
(1)
GCIMSDaUl
Review (JJ
GCA.naly1t (4)
A.naly1t.<11t
(1)
/l;lla MgmJ
aut (I)
File: NCOPDIR.OPX
Rev. 09fl1/95
---
Supervisor Supervisor
Frums Extractions
D.C-luto J. Wutlr.fflfi
I Fo-f,d, /1) I ExlrocJlanlstl
(6)
Glo.rswarc
Pup(/)
----IEA-NC Operations
Director NC
Opccalioru
J. Duflag/ion
Admin. Assist J A. Hoffman
=•" M>ruog<t M>ruog<r
Organics lnorganlcs Projcct Mgmt
K. Scott D. S1ognu Sample Mgmt
Oat.a Mgmt
I B. Tclslnllnn
M>ruog<r
ln.strwncntatlon WdCia~ Samplt:Mgt.
L Gregory Analyst (3) Supuvlsor (/)
I
Mdalt Analyst SamplcProc
(J)
Mctal,Prep (')
Data Re,,lcwu
(U (/) Analyst (4) Sample Cwt(/)
Review (1)
Supervisor
Data MgL
/1)
DMT,d, //)
DJ.f0uk(2)
Projt.el
},(a11agu, (4)
-------

-
-
Direct.or Director M>ruog<r M,n,gu Director QA
Salc.s!Markcling Support Seiv MIS Radiological L Milchdl
D. Goebel R. Partu E. Davis uh
I Opcntioru:
I P. HUI
'
Bwlnut Ftdd T,d, (2) Systems Anlyst Manager QA SpcciafUt
Dei,clopmmt Reaptiontst IV/I) -TWlnlc:sJf (1) (/)
(J) (/) Systems Supervisor (1)
Sa/u C<Jlfw Anlyrt Ill (1) Report
Caordlnalor Agcnt/Buyu Systems Prq,,:Jru (/)
(/) (/) Anlyst JI(/) UJb Tedi (2)
FaciflHtu Systenu AnolyA.m (1)
Wasu TWI (1) Anlyst I (1) Rodiodumist
/I)
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation !EA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
APPE.t~IX, Section 6
CORRECTIVE ACTION FORM
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Date: ________ _
A. Project Infonnation
Client:
Client Contact: _____ _
CORRECTIVE ACTION FORM
Project/Case No.: ______ _
Project Manager: _______ _
Detailed Description of Potential Problem:
B. Quality Assurance Information
Suggested Approach to lnvestigatioo:
Parties Involved:
CAF# -------
Date Client Notified: _____ _
_Sample Management
_Gas Chromatography
Customer Service
_Wet Chemistry
_Mass Spectrometry
_Sample Preparation
_Radiochemistry
_Report Generation
Metals
HPLC
C. Final Resolution
Describe What Happened and Long Tenn Corrective Action Tak.en: _________________ _
Supervisor Signature(s): ________________ _ Date(s): ________ _
D. Quality Assurance Final Approval (QA Manager use only)
Corrective Action Approved:. _______ _ Error Found: Yes No Date Finalized: _____ _
Comments: _______________________________________ _
Doc.II QAS00602.NC
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
APPEi"'IDIX, Section 7
EXAMPLE LISTING OF LABORATORY
ST AND ARD OPERATING PROCEDURES (SOPs)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA-North Carolina
Standard Operating Procedures
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 1 -General Procedures (Volume I of 5)
QAS00102.NET
QAS00200.NET
QAS00300.NET
QAS0040 I. NET
QAS00600.NET
QAS00700.NET
QASOOSO I. NET
QAS01002.NET
QAS01202.NET
QAS01300.NET
QAS01400.NET
QAS0160l.NET
QAS01800.NET
QAS02000.NET
QAS02100.NET
QAS00602.NC
QASOlOOO.NC
Description of Corporate Document Control System
Corporate SOP on SOP's
Corporate Audit Checklist
Corporate SOP for Solvent Approval
SOP for Thermometer Calibration
Sample Holding Times and Preservation Requirements
SOP for Temperature Monitoring of Ovens, Refrigerators and
Freezers
SOP for Calibration of Lab Balances
SOP for Maintaining Laboratory Logbooks
SOP for Making Corrections to Lab Data and Records
SOP for Sample Bottle and Glassware Cleaning
Corporate SOP for Employee Training
Corporate SOP for Calibration of Auto-Pipets
SOP for Conducting MDL Studies
SOP for Significant Figures and Rounding
SOP for Corrective Action Process
SOP for "Tagging" Out-of-Service Instruments
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1•
Section l -General Procedures (Volume l of 5)
QAS0l 100.NC SOP for Maintenance Logbook
QAS01200.NC
QAS0130l.NC
GES0030l.NC
GES0040l.NC
GES00500.NC
GES00600.NC
SFS00l00.NC
QAP00200.NET
FJS00IO0.NET
FJS00200.NET
FIS00300.NET
FIS00400. NET
FIS00500.NET
FIS00600.NET
FIS00700.NET
RPS00103.NC
RPS00200.NC
RPS00300.NC
SOP for Final QA Review
SOP for Chain-of-Custody
SOP for Subcontracting
SOP for Hazardous Waste Management
SOP for Project Transaction Form
SOP for Data Verification
Emergency Contingency Plan -NC Laboratory
Corporate Certification Policy
SOP for Authorization of Expenditures (AFE)
SOP for Capital Expenditures
SOP for Contract Review
SOP for Credit and Terms
SOP for Spending Authorization
SOP for Issuing Debits and Credits
Standard Terms and Conditions
SOP for CLP SDG File Assembly and Submittal
SOP for Report Revision and Addenda
SOP for Technical Services Inorganic CLP Review
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 2 -Sample Management Procedures (Volume 1 of 5)
SMS00105.NC SOP for EPA CLP Organic Sample Tracking
SMS00206.NC SOP for EPA CLP Organic Sample Receipt
SMS00300.NC
SMS00400.NC
SMS00501.NC
SMS00602.NC
SMS00700.NC
SMS0080I.NC
SMS00900.NC
SMS0l000.NC
SMS0l 100.NC
SOP for TransPak Sample Container Cleaning
SOP for Preparing Blanks
SGP for Bottleware Preparation
SOP for Commercial Sample Login
SOP for Subcontracting Samples
SOP for EPA CLP Inorganic Sample Tracking
SOP for EPA CLP Inorganic Sample Receipt
SOP for IR Temperature Gun (Thermo-Hunter)
SOP for Sample Storage Purge
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA-North Carolina
Standard Operating Procedures
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 3 -Sample Preparation Department Procedures (Volume 2 of 5)
SPS00101.NC
SPS00201.NC
SPS00300.NC
SPS00402.NC
SPS00501.NC
SPS00600.NC
SPS00701.NC
SPS00800.NC
SPS00900.NC
SPS0lO00.NC
SPS0l 100.NC
SPS01200.NC
SPS01301.NC
SPS01401.NC
SPS01500.NC
SPS01600.NC
SOP for TPH Extraction of Water Samples for GC Analysis
SOP for TPH Extraction of Soil Samples for GC Analysis
SOP for Waste Dilution (SW-846 Method 3580)
SOP for Extraction of PAH's from Water Samples (SW-846
Method 3510)
SOP for Extraction of Phenols for GC Analysis by Methods
604/8040
SOP for Extraction of Water Samples for Method 606
SOP for Extraction of Soil Samples for Method 8310
SOP for Screening of GC/MS Semivolatile Extracts
SOP for Extraction of Herbicides in Water for Method 509B
SOP for Extraction of Herbicides in Water for Method 8150
SOP for Oil & Grease in Water and Soil Samples by IR
SOP for TPH in Water and Soil Samples by IR
SOP for SW-846 Method 3550 (BNA's in Soil Samples)
SOP for SW-846 Method 3520 (BNA's in Water Samples)
SOP for SW-846 Method 3550 (Pesticides/PCB's in Soils)
SOP for SW-846 Method 3510 (Pesticides/PCB's in Waters)
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 3 -Sample Preparation Department Procedures (Volume 2 of 5)
SPS0l700.NC
SPS01800.NC
SPS01900.NC
SPS02000.NC
SPS02100.NC
SPS02200.NC
SPS02300.NC
SPS02400.NC
SPS02500.NC
SPS02701 .NC
SPS02800.NC
SPS02900.NC
SPS03000.NC
SPS03100.NC
SPS03200.NC
SPS03300.NC
SPS03400.NC
SPS03500.NC
SPS03600.NC
SPS03700. NC
SOP for Cleaning and Assaying ZHE Apparatus
SOP for Extraction of PCB' s from Oil Samples
SOP for Organic Glassware Cleaning
TCLP Preparation for Organic and Inorganic Analysis
Zero Headspace Extraction for Volatile Analysis
SOP for Herbicides Extractions in Soils/Sediments
SOP for Making IO N NaOH
SOP for Oil and Grease (Gravimetric) using SM 9070 (Water)
SOP for Oil and Grease (Gravimetric) using 9071 (Solids)
SOP for Operation of the Gel Permeation Chromatograph
SOP for Leachate Preparation for California Waste Extraction Test
(WET)
SOP for Leachate Preparation for D.I. Water Extraction
SOP for Low Concentration Water Prep for Method 8330
SOP for Prep of Soil/Sediment Samples for Method 8330
SOP for Screening of Semi-Volatile Soil Extracts
SOP for Preparation of Soil Samples for CLP BNA
SOP for Preparation of Aqueous Samples for CLP Semivolatile
Analysis
SOP for Preparation of Aqueous Samples for CLP
Pesticide/ Aroclor Analysis
SOP for Preparation of Soil/Sediment for CLP Pesticide/PCB
Analysis
SOP for Preparation of Soils for CLP BNA Analysis
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SPS03800.NC
SPS03900.NC
SPS04000. NC
SPS04100.NC
· SOP for Preparation Low Levd Waters for CLP BNA Analysis
SOP for Preparation of Aqueous Samples
for CLP Semivolatile Analysis
SOP for Preparation of Soil/Sediment for
CLP Pesticide/PCB Analysis
SOP for Preparation of Aqueous Samples for CLP Pesticide/PCB
Analysis
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA-North Carolina
Standard Operating Procedures
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 4 -HPLC Procedures (Volume 3 of 5)
LCS00202.NC SOP for Analysis of PAH's by HPLC using SW-846 Method 8310
LCS00300.NC SOP for Method 8330
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 5 -GC and GC/MS Volatile Procedures (Volume 3 of 5)
MSS0Ol00.NC SOP for EPA Method 524.2
MSS00302.NC
MSS00400.NC
MSS00700.NC
MSS00800.NC
MSS0IO00.NC
MSS0l 100.NC
MSS01201.NC
MSS01300.NC
GCS00IO0.NC
GCS00200.NC
GCS00300.NC
GCS00800.NC
GCS01900.NC
GCS02900.NC
SOP for SW-846 Method 8240
SOP for EPA Method 624
SOP for Conducting GC/MS Volatile Initial Review
SOP for Conducting GC/MS Volatile Final Review
SOP for GC/MS Volatiles EPA CLP OW OLMO3. l
SOP for SW-846 Method 8260A Low Concentration (Water)
SOP for SW-846 Method 8260A 5 mL Purge (Water and Soil)
SOP for GCMS Volatile CLP OLMOl.9 Analysis
SOP for SW-846 Method 8010
SOP for SW-846 Method 8020
SOP for EPA Method 602
SOP for EPA Method 601
SOP for Screening Samples for Volatiles
SOP for Method 8021 (Waters and Soils)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!EA-North Carolina
Standard Operating Procedures
TABLE OF CONTENTS
"
Section 6 -Inorganic/Wet Chemistry Procedures (Volume 4 of 5)
CVS00IOI.NC SOP for Chloride Analysis in Water
CVS00203.NC SOP for COD in Water
CVS00301.NC
CVS00402.NC
CVS00501.NC
CVS00603.NC
CVS00702.NC
CVS0080 I. NC
CVS00900.NC
CVS0IO0I.NC
CVS0l 101.NC
CVS01201.NC
CVS01301.NC
CVS01401.NC
CVS01501.NC
CVS01602.NC
SOP for Sulfate Analysis in Water
SOP for Total Dissolved Solids in Water
SOP for Total Suspended Solids in Water
SOP for Alkalinity
SOP for Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)
SOP for Methylene Blue Active Substances (MBAS)
SOP for Fluoride Analysis
SOP for Total Residual Chlorine
SOP for Ammonia Analysis
SOP for Nitrate/Nitrite Analysis
SOP for Orthophosphate Analysis
SOP for Total Phosphorus Analysis
SOP for Sulfide Analysis
SOP for Sulfite Analysis
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 6 -Inorganic/Wet Chemistry Procedures (Volume 4 of 5)
CVS01701.NC
CVS0 1801. NC
CVS01900.NC
CVS02001. NC
CVS02101.NC
CVS02200.NC
CVS02300.NC
CVS02400.NC
CVS02500.NC
CVS02601.NC
CVS02700.NC
CVS02800.NC
CVS02900.NC
CVS03000.NC
CVS03100.NC
CVS03200.NC
CVS03300.NC
CVS03400.NC
CVS03500.NC
CVS03600.NC
CVS03700.NC
CVS03800.NC
SOP for Cyanide Analysis
SOP for Analysis of Phenols
SOP for Total Organic Carbon (TOC) using SW-846 Method 9060
SOP for Total Organic Carbon (TOC) in Sediment
SOP for Total Suspended Particulates
SOP for Reactive Cyanide Analysis
SOP for Reactive Sulfide Analysis
SOP for pH
SOP for Hexavalent Chromium Analysis in Waters
SOP for Hardness
SOP for Settleable Matter
SOP for the Analysis of Cyanides Amenable to Chlorination in
Soils
SOP for TKN
SOP for Turbidity
SOP for Bromide
SOP for Weak and Dissociable Cyanides
SOP for Determination of Total and Amenable Cyanides 9010A
SOP for Free Liquids Analysis (Paint Filter Test)
SOP for Total Organic Carbon (TOC) by 415 .1
SOP for Metallic Corrosivity Analysis
SOP for pH Analysis in Soils
SOP for Analysis of Amenable Cyanides
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 6 -Inorganic/Wet Chemistry Procedures (Volume 4 of 5) Continued
CVS03900.NC SOP for Hexavalent Chromium in Soil
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 7 -Metals Prep and Analysis Procedures (Volume 4 of 5)
MES00!Ol.NC SOP for Perkin-Elmer 5100 GFAAS Operation (CLP)
MES00203.NC SOP for Metals Digestion (SW-846 Method 3010)
MES00304.NC
MES00403.NC
MES00502.NC
MES00601.NC
MES00707.NC
MES00801.NC
MES00900.NC
MES01004.NC
MES0l 103.NC
MES01202.NC
MES01303.NC
MES01402.NC
MES01503.NC
MES01603.NC
MES01800.NC
MES01900.NC
MES02001. NC
MES02100.NC
MES02200.NC
SOP for Metals Digestion (SW-846 Method 3020A)
SOP for Metals Digestion (SW-846 Method 3050)
SOP for Perkin-Elmer 5100 GFAAS Operation (SW-846)
SOP for Metals Glassware Cleaning
SOP for Metals Analysis by ICP/MS (EPA Method 200.8)
SOP for SW-846 Method 6010 with TJA 61 E ICAP Operation
SOP for EPA Method 200.7 with TJA 61E Operation
SOP for Metals Digestion using CLP SOW for Waters
SOP for Metals Digestion using CLP SOW for Soils
SOP for Metals Digestion (SW-846 Method 3005)
SOP for SW-846 Method 7470 (Manual Hg Analysis, Waters)
SOP for SW-846 Method 7471 Manual Hg Analysis (Soils)
SOP for Method 245.1 CLP-M Manual Hg Analysis (Waters)
SOP for Method 245.5 CLP-M Manual Hg Analysis (Soils)
SOP for Metals Digestion Using EPA Method 200.7
SOP for TJA 4000 GFAAS Operation (CLP)
SOP for TJA 4000 GFAAS Operation (SW-846)
SOP for Metals Extraction using SM 3030C for Waters
SOP for Ward Software Operation
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 7 -Metals Prep and Analysis Procedures (Volume 4 of 5)
MES02301.NC SOP for Filter Digestion for ICP/MS
MES02400.NC
MES02500.NC
MES02602.NC
MES02700.NC
MES02800.NC
SOP for Calibration of Auto-Pipets
SOP for TJA Trace by Method 6010A
SOP for TJA 61E Trace (CLP)
SOP for Method 200.7-M with TJA 61E Operation (CLP)
SOP for Metals Digestion Methods 7060 and 7740
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!EA-North Carolina
Standard Operating Procedures
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 8 -GC and GC/MS Semivolatile Procedures (Volume 5 of 5)
MSS00204.NC
MSS00900.NC
MSS01400.NC
MSS01500.NC
GCS00600.NC
GCS00700.NC
GCS00900.NC
GCS0I000.NC
GCS0l JOO.NC
GCS01200.NC
GCS0I301.NC
GCS01401.NC
GCS01500.NC
GCS01600.NC
GCS01700.NC
GCS0I800.NC
GCS01900.NC
SOP for SW-846 Method 8270
SOP for GC/MS Semi-Volatiles CLP OLMO3. l
SOP for GCMS Semivolatile CLP Low Concentration Analysis
SOP for GCMS Semivolatile Analysis CLP OLMOl.9
SOP for SW-846 Method 8030
SOP for EPA Method 603
SOP for SW-846 Method 8080 (Pesticides/PCB"s in Waters)
SOP for SW-846 Method 8080 (Pesticides/PCB's in Soils)
SOP for Determining PCB's in Oil by GC
SOP for EPA Method 5098 (Herbicides in Water)
SOP for SW-846 Method 8 I 50 (Herbicides in Water)
SOP for SW-846 Method 8150 (Herbicides in Soil)
SOP for Sulfur Removal from Solvent Extracts
SOP for EPA Method 504 (EDB and DBCP in Water)
SOP for EPA Method 608 (Pesticides/PCB's in Water)
SOP for Analysis of Phenols by GC (Methods 604/8040)
SOP for Screening Samples for Volatiles
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 8 -GC and GC/MS Semivolatile Procedures (Volume 5 of 5)
GCS02102.NC
GCS02202.NC
GCS02700.NC
GCS02800.NC
GCS03000.NC
SOP for TPH-GC for Gasoline Range Organics (Water and Soil)
SOP for TPH-GC for Diesel Range Organics (Water and Soil)
SOP for GC/EC CLP OLMO3. l Pesticide/PCB
SOP for Method 8141 (Organochlorine Pesticides in Water and
Soil)
SOP for GC/EC CLP OLMOl.9 Pesticide/PCB Analysis
I
I
I
I
I
I RAS00l00.NC
RAS00200.NC
I RAS00301.NC
I RAS00401.NC
I RAS00S0 I. NC
RAS00601.NC
I RAS0070 I.NC
I RAS0080 I. NC
RAS00900.NC
I RAS0l00I.NC
I RAS0l 100.NC
RAS01201.NC
I RAS01300.NC
I RAS01400.NC
RAS01501.NC
I RAS01601.NC
I RAS01800.NC
I RAS01900.NC
I
!EA-North Carolina
Radiological Laboratory
Standard Operating Procedures
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SOP for Alpha/Beta Counting using the Canberra HT-1000
SOP for Ra-226 Counting using the Canberra Lucas Cell Counting System
SOP for Gross Alpha/Beta in Water (Drinking Water)
SOP for Liquid Scintillation Counting using the Packard 2500TR
·SOP for Total Radioactive Strontium in Water
SOP for Sr-90 in Water
SOP for Isotopic Thorium in Soil
SOP for Isotopic Thorium in Water
SOP for Tritium in Water
SOP for Isotopic Uranium in Water
SOP for Total Radium Alpha-Emitters in Water
SOP for Sr-89/Sr-90 in Water
SOP for Ra-226/Ra-228 in Water
SOP for Isotopic Uranium in Soil
SOP for QC of Laboratory Pipettes
SOP for Gross Alpha/Beta in Water
SOP for Gross Alpha/Beta in Soil
SOP for Ra-226 in Water by Radon Emanation
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
RAS02000.NC
RAS02100.NC
RAS0220 I. NC
RAS02300.NC
RAS02400.NC
RAS02500.NC
RAS02600.NC
RAS02701.NC
RAS02800.NC
RAS02901.NC
RAS03001 .NC
RAS03100.NC
RAS03200.NC
RAS03300.NC
RAS03400.NC
RAS03500.NC
RAS03600.NC
RAS03700.NC
RAS03800.NC
RAS03900.NC
RAS04000.NC
RAS04101.NC
RAS04200.NC
SOP for Gamma Emitters in. Water
SOP for Isotopic Uranium and Plutonium in Water
SOP for Isotopic Plutonium in Soil
SOP for Ra-226 in Soil
SOP for Ra-226/Ra-228 in Soil
SOP for Gamma Emitters in Soil
SOP for Isotopic Plutonium in Water
SOP for Ra-228 in Water
SOP for Ra-228 in Soil
SOP for Radiation Screening
SOP for Alpha Counting Using the Canberra Alpha Spectroscopy System
SOP for Gamma Counting using the Canberra Gamma Spectroscopy
System
SOP for Radioactivity Swipe Tests
SOP for Glassware Washing
SOP for Radiological Data Review
SOP for Waste Collection and Disposal
SOP for Total Radium Alpha-Emitters/Ra-226 in Water
SOP for Total Radium Alpha-Emitters/Ra-226/Ra-228 in Water
SOP for Total Radium Alpha-Emitters/Ra-228 in Water
SOP for Radiological Document Control
SOP for Sr-90 in Soil
SOP for Tritium in Soil
SOP for Radioactivity Swipe Tests of EC Detectors
D
m RAS04300.NC
I RAS04400.NC
RAS04500.NC
I RAS04600.NC
I RAS04700.NC
I RAS04800.NC
RAS04900.NC
I RAS05301.NC
I RAS05402.NC
RAS0550l.NC
I RAS05602.NC
I RAS05700.NC
RAS05801.NC
I RAS05900.NC
I RAS06000.NC
RAS0610l.NC
I RAS06202.NC
I RAS06400.NC
I RAS06600.NC
RAS06700.NC
I RAS06800.NC
I RAS06900.NC
RAS07000.NC
I
I
SOP for Am-241 in Water
SOP for Am-241 in Soil
SOP for Tracking and Collection of Mixed Waste
SOP for Percent Solids
SOP for Computer Data Backup
SOP for Disposal of Mixed Waste
SOP for Radioactivity Inventory
SOP for Pb-210 in Water
SOP for Po-210 in Water
SOP for Pb-210 in Soil
SOP for Po-210 in Soil
SOP for Ra-226 in Drinking Water by Radon Emanation
SOP for Ra-228 in Drinking Water
SOP for Sr-90 in Drinking Water
SOP for Isotopic Uranium in Drinking Water
SOP for Radiological Standards/Reagents
SOP for DI Water Production/System Maintenance
SOP for Tc-99 in Soil
SOP for Isotopic Uranium, Plutonium and Americium in Soil
SOP for Isotopic Uranium, Plutonium and Americium in Water
SOP for Tc-99 in Water
SOP for Isotopic Uranium in Air Filters
SOP for Isotopic Thorium in Air Filters
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
RAS07100.NC
RAS07200.NC
RAS07300.NC
RAS07400.NC
RAS07500.NC
RAS07600.NC
RAS07700.NC
RAS07800.NC
RAS08000.NC
RAS08100.NC
RAS08200.NC
RAS08300.NC
RAS08400.NC
RAS08500.NC
SOP for Isotopic Plutonium in Air Filters
SOP for Isotopic Thorium in Water -Eichrom
SOP for Isotopic Thorium in Soil -EiChrom
SOP for Radon-222 in Water
SOP for Gross Alpha/Beta in Air Filters
SOP for Tritium in Silica Gel
SOP for Isotopic Plutonium in Vegetation
SOP for Isotopic Uranium in Vegetation
SOP for Isotopic Thorium in Vegetation
SOP for Pu-241 in Water
SOP for Pb-210 in Water -Eichrom
SOP for Gross Alpha/Beta in Water -Suspended
SOP for HF Dissolution of Soils
SOP for Radium-228 in Water -Eichrom
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance P,ogram Doc# QAQ0140I.NC
APPENDIX, Section 8
LISTING OF ANALYTICAL METHODS
AND ASSOCIATED DETECTION LIMITS
Date: 11/17/95
I IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
I Date: 11/17195
I
I
I
I GCMS ORGANICS -SEMJVOLATILES I
I ~~{·'· J ..... : .. •· .•·•·· ·• COMPONENT: MATRIX: .. Pnic:Won MDL·. I?. ~L ·.·:1,• ·~ Method No. 8270 (B) SOIL RPD %·-Rec· .. •. . • .uglkg
Extractable Organics
Acenapthene 19 63-92 41.4 330
I ' Acenaphthylene 45 10-142 28.4 330
Anthracene 45 10-152 34.2 330
I Benzoic acid 45 10-178 148.2 1600
Benzo(a)anthracene 45 10-158 39.6 330
I Benzo(b )fluoranthene 45 10-148 47.6 330
Benzo(k)tluoranthene. 45 10-150 53.0 330
I Benzo(g,h ,i)perylene 45 10-151 34.2 330
Benzo(a)pyrene 45 10-151 39.8 330
Benzyl alcohol 45 10-153 39.9 660
I bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane 45 10-144 30.2 330
bis-(2-Chloroethyl)ether 45 10-200 41.4 330
I bis(2-Chloroisopropyl)ether 45 10-136 33.5 330
bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate 45 10-149 48.6 330
I 4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether 45 10-151 36.5 330
Benzyl butyl phthalate 45 10-155 23 I.I 330
I 4-Chloroaniline 45 10-117 47.6 660
2-Chloronaphthalene 45 10-147 36.l 330
4--Chloro-3-methylphenol 33 40-145 30.4 660
I 2-Chlorophenol 50 23-174 31.4 330
4-Chlorophenyl phenyl ether 45 10-154 3 1.8 330
I Chrysene 45 10-150 37.0 330
Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene 45 10-151 43.2 330
I Dibenzofuran 45 10-143 31.8 330
Di-n-butylphthalate 45 10-148 223.1 330
I 1,3-Dichlorobenzene 45 58-94 23.1 330
1,4-Dichlorobenzene 27 61-90 28.5 330
I 1,2-Dichlorobenzene 45 10-141 28.8 330
3 ,3 '· Dichlorobenzidine 45 10-112 37.2 660
2,4-Dichlorophenol 45 10-167 37.6 330
I
I IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
I Date: 11117195
I
I GCMS ORGANICS -SEMIVOLA TILES I
I ·. . . .
COMPONENT: MATRIX: Precision Acclll'aCy . MDL •\~ Method No. 8270 (B) SOIL I .. RPD .:".-.,-%:Ret: ·_uglkg:.',•·::···· ;::. .. i ·•· . ·.
I Diethyl phthalate 45 !0-147 38.6 330
2, 4-Dimethylphenol 45 10-167 33.0 330
Dimethyl phthala1e 45 10-150 37.1 330
I 4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol 45. 10-160 45.2 1600
2,4-Dinitrophenol 45 10-133 78.9 1600
I 2,4-Dinitrotoluene 47 67-95 37.0 330
2,6-Dinitrotoluene 45 10-155 32.7 330
I Di-n-octylphthalate 45 10-154 44.2 330
Fluoranthene 45 10-147 35.9 330
I Fluorene 45 10-144 34.4 330
Hexachlorobenzene 45 10-148 27.4 330
Hexachlorobutadiene 45 10-150 27.3 330 I Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 45 10-121 36.4 330
Hexachloroethane 45 10-138 33.7 330
I lndeno(l ,2,3-cd)pyrene 45 10-158 33. I 330
Isophorone 45 10-142 34.5 330
I 2-Methylnaphthalene 45 54-93 34.4 330
2-Methylphenol (o-cresol) 45 10-152 31.0 330
I 4-Methylphenol (p-cresol) 45 10-156 32.4 330
Naphthalene 45 !0-145 32.7 330
2-Nitroaniline 45 l0-148 49.6 1600
I 3-Nitroanilini: 45 10-120 29.4 1600
4-Nitroaniline 45 10-146 35.6 1600
I Nitrobenzene 45 10-146 29.9 330
2-Nitrophenol 45 10-160 34.7 330
I 4-Nitrophenol 50 37-132 45.9 1600
N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine 38 52-93 37.0 330
I N•Nitrosodiphenylamine 45 10-153 21.4 330
Pentachlorophenol 47 29-152 45.1 1600
I Phenanthrene 45 10-150 35.1 330
Phenol 35 10-112 42.3 330
Pyrene 36 48-121 40.5 330
I
I
I
-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation
I
COMPONENT:
Method No. 8270 (B)
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
2, 4, 5-T rich lorophenol
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
GCMS ORGANICS • SE~UVOLA TILES
··.· MATRIX: Precision Accuracy
SOIL RPD % Rec
23 67-94
45 I0-159
45 I0-159
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17195
I
' ·•· ·.·•·•· MDL <I PQL.
ug/kg .. iiglkg/••.•·.····.· ..
29.8 330
39.0 330
29.4 330
I IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program ,. Doc# QAQ01401.NC
I Date: 11/1719S
I
I GCMS ORGANICS. SEMIVOLATILES I
I •,' . ,,,,,:.:·· ,-·,:-:,•,: ' ''
COMPONENT: MATRIX: Prec~on . I ':·--=='---'~cc~~-~y• MDL• · · ...•. ' PQL
Method No. 8270 (B) WATER RPO.· . :.= ·-%-Rec ·
•, ····•·•···•······•···•·"f;'····•·····•······
.~.L·
Method No.· 62S (A) · WATER l< ,,,·,·, < \ ,_,:-:-·,
I Extractable Organics
Acenapthene 31 47-145 0,77 10
I Acenaphthylene 4-0 4-0-145 0,70 10
Anthracene 4-0 27-133 0,48 10
I Benzoic acid• 4-0 10-91 UA 50
Benzo(a)anthracene 4-0 33-143 0,50 10
I
Benzo(b)tluoranthene 4-0 24-159 1,92 10
Benzo(k)fluoranthene 4-0 10-151 2,18 10
Benzo(g,h, i)perylene 4-0 10-155 0,65 10
I Benzo(a)pyrene 4-0 17-163 0,76 10
Benzyl alcohol* 4-0 10-145 i,87 20
I bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane 4-0 33-I 84 0.53 10
bis-(2-Chloroethyl)ether 4-0 12-158 0.79 10
I bis(2-Chloroisopropyl)ether 4-0 36-166 2.63 10
bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate 4-0 10-145 2,10 10
I
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether 4-0 53-127 0,41 10
Benzyl butyl phthalate 4-0 10-146 5,71 10
4-Chloroaniline• 4-0 10-136 0,67 20
I 2-Chloronsphthalene 4-0 60-118 0,83 10
4-Chloro-3-methylphenol 42 4-0-147 0,66 20
I 2-Chlorophtmol 40 4-0-134 0,69 10
4-Chlorophenyl phenyl elher 4-0 25-158 0.57 10
I Chrysene 4-0 17-168 0,47 10
Dibenzo(a,h)anlhracene 4-0 10-152 0,74 10
I Dibenzofuran* 4-0 10-142 0,66 10
Di-n-butylphlhalate 4-0 10-118 3,20 10
1,3-Dichlorobenzene 4-0 10-124 i,09 10
I 1,4-Dichlorobenzene 28 4-0-124 1,04 10
I ,2-Dichll)robenzene 4-0 32-129 1,03 10
I 3 ,3'-Dichlorobenzidine 40 10-157 0,62 20
2,4-Dichlorophenol 40 39-135 0,53 10
I Dielhyl phlhalate 4-0 10-114 3, 18 10
I IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc#.QAQ01401.NC
I Date: 11/17 /95
I -
I GCMS ORGANICS -SEMIVOLATILES I
I COMPONENT: " MATIUX: -• .. _.>.-~i··•·•·•·) ,. , .. -A~ii;~f=~-·-··-f \~i· i
._:-_,:-:=·:.::-:,:,,.:.:,:··:--.·::_.
.. ··.· .. Y< ·•.
·········••·i•··i~~i···) Method No. 8270 (Bl _WATER ..... %Ra: . < i . Method No/ 625 (Al • WATER · .. .--_-. I /··· i/ ?\ . ....
I 2,4-Dimethylphenol 40 32-119 2.16 10
Dimethyl phthalate 40 10-112 2.16 10
I 4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol 40 10-155 0.81 50
2,4-Dinitrophenol 40 10-141 2.38 50
I 2,4-Dinitrotoluene 38 40-139 0.97 IO
2,6-Dinitrotoluene 40 50-158 0.43 IO
Di-n-octylphthalate 40 10-146 0.49 10
I Fluoranthene 40 26-137 0.68 10
Fluorene 40 59-121 0.68 10
I Hexachlorobenzene 40 10-144 0.57 10
Hexachlorobutadiene 4-0 24-116 1.68 10
I Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 40 IO-I 10 UA 10
Hexachloroethane 40 4-0-113 1.31 10
I lndeno(l ,2,3-cd)pyrene 40 10-149 0.54 10
lsophorone 40 21-196 . 0.46 10
I 2-Methylnaphthalene 40 10-136 0.86 IO
2-Methylphenol (o-cresol)* 40 10-136 0.93 IO
4-Methylphenol (p-cresoi)• 40 10-132 0.87 IO
I Naphthalene 40 21-133 0.80 10
2-Nitroaniline• 40 10-159 1.07 50
I 3-Nitroaniline* 4-0 I0-173 0.74 50
4-Nitroanilinc* 40 10-165 0.50 50
I Nitrobenzcne 40 35-180 0.53 10
2-Nitrophenol 40 29-182 0.52 10
I 4-Nitrophenol 50 40-132 0.80 50
N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine 38 40-138 0.89 IO
N-Nitrosodiphenylamine 4-0 10-150 0.63 10
I Pentachlorophenol 50 40-150 1.55 10
Phenanthrene 40 54-120 0.42 IO
I Phenol 42 30-112 0.71 IO
Pyrene 31 52-115 0.66 10
I 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 28 44-142 1.29 10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation
COMPONENT:
Method Noi8l70 (B).
Method No. 62S (A) . ·
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol•
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
GCMS ORGANICS -SEMIVOLATILES
. .. .. I: :.-· .. --. -.. . -. _-~isi~it··.· ·Accllnic~
·. RPO .• \ • ·•·· .. 1 i · •·.%.Rec
. ·;_· ·.: '' :,
•·. MDL*. ·~f i .. MATRIX:.
.WATER••
WATER ·, '' .,_: · .. :, . < :,'' ·, ,:_ .
. lll!IL
. :·' ·,··,:·•,,,.,; .. · .... _:: ·•···•
4-0 10-144 0.56 10
4-0 37-144 0.74 10
I IEA Corporation lEA North Carolina Quality Assurarice Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
I Date: II/ I 7 /95
I I GCMS ORGANICS -VOLATILES I
I ·,:-::,,•,,: -··:.-. ·.· . ..... ·• ... I . PQl. ·.· · COMPONENT:. MATRIX: .. Precision·,· .. J\.cc~acy . < · .. MDL· ·• MethodNoi524.2 (L) WATER . i: · ... :RSD·-_·· ... _. :l?fJ·Ret . . ug/L .· .. i:ug1L·/.i
I Low Level Purgeables
Benzene <20 80-120 0.34 0.5
Bromodichloromethane <20 80-120 0.36 0.5
I Bromoform <20 80-120 0.37 0.5
Bromomethane <20 80-120 0.41 0.5
I Carbon tetrachloride <20 80-120 0.30 0.5
Chlorobenzene <20 80-120 0.30 0.5
I Chloroethane <20 80-120 0.50 0.5
Chloroform <20 80-120 0.32 0.5
I Chloromethane <20 80-120 0.23 0.5
Dibromochloromethane <20 80-120 0.39 0.5
I, 1-Dichloroethane <20 80-120 0.31 0.5
I l ,2-Dichloroethane <20 80-120 0.36 0.5
I, 1-Dichloroethene <20 80-120 0.30 0.5
I cis-1,2-Dichloroethene <2.0 80-120 0.31 0.5
trans-1,2-Dichloroethene <20 80-120 0.34 0.5
I 1,2-Dichloropropane <20 80-120 0.33 0.5
cis-1,3-Dichloropropane <20 80-120 0.32 0.5
I trans-1,3-Dichloropropane <20 80-120 0.39 0.5
Ethylbenzene <20 80-120 0.26 0.5
Methylene chloride <20 80-120 0.40 0.5
I Styrene <20 80-120 0.32 0.5
I, 1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane <20 80-120 0.44 0.5
I Tetrachloroethene <20 80-120 0.34 0.5
Toluene <20 80-120 0.31 0.5
I I, l, 1-Trichloroethane <20 80-120 0.25 0.5
I , 1,2-Trichloroethane <20 80-120 0.48 0.5
I Trichloroethene <20 80-120 0.33 0.5
Vinyl chloride <20 80-120 0.24 0.5
I o-Xylene <20 80-120 0.28 0.5
m,p-Xylene <20 80-120 0.55 0.5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation
•· COMl'ONENT: ~
Method No. 8240 (B)
Method No: 624 <A>
Purgeahle Organics
Acetone•
Benzene
Bromodichloromethane
Bromofonn
Bromomethane
Carbon disulfide*
Carbon te1rachloride
Chlorobenzene
Dibromochloromethane
Chloroethane
2-Chloroethylvinyl ether
Chloroform
Chloromethane
I, 1-Dichloroethane
1,2-Dichloroethane
l, 1-Dichloroethene
1,2-Dichloroethene (total)
1,2-Dichloropropane
cis-I ,3-Dichloropropene
trans-1,3-Dichloropropene
Ethylbenzene
2-Hexanone•
Methylene chloride
4-Methyl-2-penta none•
I, 1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
Tetrachloroethene
Toluene
I, I, I-Trichloroethane
IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance P,·ogram Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
MATRIX:
GCMS ORGANICS-VOLATILES } 1~1'.\I I
WATER
:WATER
14
II
14
14
14
14
14
14
13
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
13
14
65-134
58-128
53-131
32-160
22-187
10-188
61-129
69-130
58-122
49-132
28-151
68-133
20-173
69-133
65-137
55-137
72-132
63-132
61-130
60-123
37-162
16-164
64-132
11-18 I
67-128
59-138
64-13 I
68-129
59-132
2.4
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.3
2.0
1.6
1.3
1.3
1.5
1.8
1.3
1.4
2.5
1.2
I. I
1.4
I. 7
I.I
1.3
1.5
I. I
1.4
1.2
1.7
1.3
1.4
1.2
1.3
1.6
NA 10
1.4 5
2.0 5
2.3 5
1.4 10
NA 10
NA 5
2.0 5
1.6 5
2.5 5
1.3
2.5 IO
1.3 5
1.0 10
1.2 5
1.5 5
1.2 5
2.3 5
1.6 5
1.9 5
2.2 5
1.6 5
NA 10
1.4 5
NA
NA 5
2.2 5
2.0 5
1.6 5
1.7 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation
I
COMPONENT:
Method No. 8240 (B)
. Method.No. 624 (A)
·•··.
I, 1,2-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethene
Vinyl acelate*
Vinyl chloride
Xylem~s (total)•
IEA North Carolina Quality A'iSurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11117/95
GCMS ORGANICS -VOLATILES I
MATRIX: Precision Accuracy• ·:. MDL . ·,-.
! /~~ •••.•.. WATER RPO ·. .• 1 · .. > ,ig/L .. \ · -: c;i..,Rec .
•i< .. >r .. ·.·• i\ WATER . . f·'. .:·:-.,· .. ·,.:_--,-· .:· ::.-:-: __ :
••, 1:, · .. 8240. ···•· .· ... · 624 .•
14 62-133 1.4 2.4 5
14 '67-127 1.4 1.6 5
14 10-183 1.4 NA 10
14 38-156 2.4 1.0 10
14 77-123 1.4 NA 5
I IEA Corporation
I
I
I COMPONENT:
Method No. 8240 (B) · ·
I Puriieable Orgawcs
Acetone
Benzene
I Bromodichloromethane
Bromoform
I Bromomethane
2-Butanone
I Carbon disulfide
Carbon tetrachloride
I Chlorobenzene
Dibromochloromethane
Chloroethane
I 2-Chloroethylvinyl ether
Chloroform
I Chloromethane
I, 1-Dichloroethane
I ! ,2-Dichloroethane
I, 1-Dichloroethene
I 1,2-Dichloroethene (total)
1,2-Dichloropropane
I
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene
trans-1,3-Dichloropropene
Ethylbenzene
I 2-Hcxanone
Methylene chloride
I Styrene
I I, 1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
Tetrachloroethene
I Toluene
I, 1, I-Trichloroethane
l, l ,2-Trichloroethane
I
IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
cc
MATRIX:
SOIL
GCMS ORGANICS. VOLATILES
23 10-200
21 69-134
23 51-143
23 54-143
23 10-200
23 10-200
23 10-172
23 53-139
21 65-142
23 49-130
23 10-173
23 50-141
23 71-140
23 38-154
23 71-134
23 72-137
22 53-128
23 79-121
23 54-148
23 60-149
23 52-130
23 10-200
23 41-162
23 61-136
23 58-157
23 67-134
23 60-144
23 54-143
21 63-138
23 58-133
23 62-139
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
5.7 10
1.6 5
1.9 5
2.5 5
2.1 10
2.1 JO
1.7 5
2.2 5
1.6 5
2.2 5
2.6 10
3.7 10
2.4 5
6.6 10
2.3 5
2.9 5
2.7 5
3.6 5
2.0 5
2.2 5
2.6 5
2.2 10
2.7 5
2.7 10
3.1 5
2.0 5
2.8 5
1.8 5
1.9 5
2.8 5
2.8 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation
I
COMPONENT:
Method No. 8240.(B)
Trichloroethene
Vinyl acetate
Vinyl chloride
Xylenes (total)
IEA North Carolina Quality Assur:.nce Program
GCMS ORGANICS -VOLATILES
fuic~on ' .. · ..
MATRIX: . •. ' . ·. Accura,y
SOIL ·.· .. RPD .. '?\/_%:·ROC_·:. ·
24 60-139
23 10-119
23 47-143
23 75-120
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11117/95
I
•·· MDL >I · ·-~\ .· .. ·:.· > ug/kg .
1.6 5
2.3 IO
3.8 IO
5.7 ·5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation
COMPONENT:
'Method No; 8260 (B): . .:2S_::inL'_Puije>,··'·. ·:--::.-:;::_ -____ _. _
Low Level Purgeable Organics
Acetone
Acrylonitrile
Allyl Chloride
Benzene
Bromobenzene
Bromochloromethane
Bromodichloromethane
Bromoform
Bromomethane
n-Butylbenzene
tert-Butylbenzene
sec-Butylbenzene
Carbon Disulfide
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chlorobenzene
Chlorodibromomethane
Chloroethane
2-Chloroethylvinyl Ether
Chloroform
Chloromethane
2-Chlorotoluene
4-Chlorotoluene
l ,2-Dibromo-3-Chloropropane
1,2-Dibromoethane
Dibromomethane
1,2-Dichlorobenzene
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
Dichlorodifluoromethane
IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
MATRIX:
GCMS ORGANICS VOLATILES
.· .. ·• i
WATER i .,., ..
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
10-200 2.80 5
10-200 0.27
10-200 0.20
10-200 0.04
10-200 0.05
10-200 0.19
10-200 0.12
10-200 0.11
10-200 0.25
10-200 2.30 5
10-200 0.07
10-200 0.12
10-200 0.10
10-200 0.15
10-200 0.12
10-200 0.04
10-200 0.12
10-200 0.24
10-200 0.21
10-200 0.17
10-200 0.12
10-200 0.12
10-200 0.17
10-200 0.35
10-200 0.15
10-200 0.15
10-200 0.15
10-200 0.12
10-200 0.06
10-200 0.12
I IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
I Date: 11/17/95
I I GCMS ORGANICS VOLATILES I
I .
.•PQL < COMPONENT: MATRIX: · Precision . _.: Accw:acy MDL
Method No. 8260 (B) WATER RPD I• "%.Rec . :-· ug)L ug/L•
lS=mL··Purge .. I ' ••.· ..... •. ::..·: .. :.
I I, 1-Dichloroethane 24 · 10-200 0.12 I
1,2-Dichloroethanc 24 10-200 0.17 I
I I, 1-Dichloroethene 24 10-200 0.06 I
cis-1,2-Dichloroethene 24 10-200 0.12 I
I trans-1,2-Dichloroethene 24 10-200 0.12 I
1,2-Dichloroethene (Total) 24 10-200 0.24 I
I .2-Dichloropropane 24 10-200 0.12 I
I 1,3-Dichloropropane 24 10-200 0.15 I
2,2-Dichloropropane 24 10-200 0.15 I
I I, 1-Dichloropropene 24 10-200 0.12 I
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene 24 10-200 0.15 I
I trans-1,3-Dichloropropene 24 10-200 0.12 I
cis-1,4-Dichloro-2-Butene 24 10-200 0.31 I
I trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-Butene 24 10-200 0.63 I
Ethyl Benzene 24 10-200 0.04 I
Ethyl Methacrylate 24 10-200 0.24 I
I Hexachlorohutadiene 24 10-200 0.05 I
2-Hexanone 24 10-200 2.59 5
-1 lodomethane 24 10-200 0.13 I
Isopropylbenzene 24 10-200 0.18 I
I p-lsopropyltoluene 24 10-200 0.11 I
Methacrylonitrile 24 10-200 0.86 I
I Methylene Chloride 24 10-200 0.43 I
Methyl Methacrylate 24 10-200 0.31 I
I 4-Methyl-2-Pent.anone 24 10-200 3.06 5
Methyl-ten.-Butyl Ether 24 10-200 0.15 I
Naphthalene 24 10-200 0.14 I
I Pentachloroethane 24 10-200 0.13 I
n-Propylbenzene 24 10-200 0.08 I
I Styrene 24 10-200 0.17 I
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene 24 10-200 0.13 I
I 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 24 10-200 0.05 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation
I
· COMPONENT: :
Method No .. 8260 (B)
25 mL Purge.
1.1, 1,2-Tetrachloroethane
I, I ,2.2-Terrachloroethane
T etrachloroethane
Toluene
I, I, I-Trichloroethane
I, I ,2-T richloroethane
Trichloroethene
Trichlorofluoromethane
1,2,3-Trichloropropane
1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene
1,3 ,5-Trimethylbenzene
Vinyl Acetate
Vinyl Chloride
a-Xylene
m.p-Xylene
Xylenes (fatal)
IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
GCMS ORGANICS VOLATILES
.
MATRIX: Prttision t
WATER .. ·RPD :. -1--
• I . · .. I.
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
I
ACcllracY I. MDL: . •:•. .. PQL.
··%_Rec "3/L < / ··ug/L: ..
. :.:.: . .: .... \.:.. .>:i
10-200 0.06 I
10-200 0.11 I
10-200 0.o7 I
10-200 0.08 I
10-200 0.12 I
10-200 0.17 I
10-200 0.12 I
10-200 0.o7 I
10-200 0.40 I
10-200 0.06 I
10-200 0.04 I
10-200 0.28 I
10-200 0.08 I
10-200 0.o7 I
10-200 0.10 2
10-200 0.16 5
I IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
I Date: 11117/95
I
I I GCMS ORGANICS -VOLATILES I
< cc 1·:·:.~~:,_i . •• • •• COMPONENT: ·.MATRIX: ,. PrecisiOi:i'' : . MDL· .. Method No, 8260 (B) ·•. WATER· . ·• • iRJiD .. ·>ttt ··•·••·····•~F••·•··· ... ·p/ 5 mLl'urie ··• .· ·•·· < .. . . · ... .·.
I Purgeable Organics
Acetone 24 10-200 5.86 50
I Acrylonitrile 24 10-200 I.OJ 5
Ally! Chloride 24 1-0-200 I. 13 5
I Benzene 24 10-200 0.54 5
Bromobenzene 24 10-200 0.65 5
I
Bromochloromethane 24 10-200 0.64 5
Bromodichloromethane 24 10-200 0.79 5
Bromoform 24 10-200 0.75 5
I Bromomethane 24 10-200 1.27 JO
2-Butanone 24 10-200 1.64 10
I n-Butylbenzene 24 10-200 0.43 5
tert-Butylbenzene 24 10-200 0.51 5
I sec-Butylbenzene 24 10-200 0.34 5
Carbon Disulfide 24 10-200 0.88 5
I Carbon Tetrachloride 24 10-200 0.73 5
Chlorobenzene 24 10-200 0.34 5
Chlorodibromomethane 24 10-200 0.51 5
I Chloroethane 24 10-200 0.74 10
2-Chloroethylvinyl Ether 24 10-200 0.83 10
I Chloroform 24 10-200 0.80 5
Chloromethane 24 10-200 0.68 10
I 2-Chlorotoluene 24 10-200 0.57 5
4-Chlorotoluene 24 10-200 0.68 5
I I ,2-Dibromo-3-Chloropropane 24 10-200 1.22 5
1,2-Dibromoethane 24 10-200 0.54 5
Dibromomethane 24 10-200 0.91 5
I 1,2-Dichlorobenzene 24 10-200 0.19 5
1,3-Dichlorobenzene 24 10-200 0.60 5
I 1,4-Dichlorobenzene 24 10-200 0.54 5
Dichlorodifluoromethane 24 10-200 1.41 10
I I , 1 •Dichloroethane 24 10-200 0.81 5
I IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
I Date: 11/17/95
I I GCMS ORGANICS -VOLATILES I
I .... . .
COMPONENT: MATRIX: Precision Accuracy · . MDL PQL
Method Noi8260 (B) WATER .. 'RPD. %Rec : • ug/L .. • ug/L•:···· . •···•· /.· < . .. . 5 mL Purge .. • .. '···.-·,. . .. , .... ., ... . .
I 1,2-Dichloroethane 24 10-200 0.62 5
I, 1-Dichloroethene 24 10-200 1.01 5
I cis-1,2-Dichloroethene 24 10-200 0.55 5
trans-1,2-Dichloroethene 24 10-200 L07 5
I 1,2-Dichloropropane 24 10-200 1.41 5
1,3-Dichloropropane 24 10-200 0.62 5
I
2,2-Dichloropropane 24 10-200 0.58 5
I, 1-Dichloropropene 24 10-200 0.62 5
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene 24 10-200 0.48 5
I trans-1,3-Dichloropropene 24 10-200 0.29 5
cis-1,4-Dichloro-2-Butene 24 10-200 0.57 5
I trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-Butene 24 10-200 1.35 5
Ethyl Benzene 24 10-200 L03 5
I Ethyl Methacrylate 24 10-200 0.72 5
Hexachlorobutadiene 24 10-200 0.56 5
2-Hexanone 24 10-200 1.20 10 I lodomethane 24 10-200 0.96 5
lsopropylbenzer . .:: 24 10-200 0.36 5
I p-Isopropyltoluene 24 10-200 0.51 5
Methacrylonitrile 24 10-200 L06 5
I Methylene Chloride 24 10-200 LOI 10
Methyl Methacrylate 24 10-200 L02 5
I 4-Meth y J-2-Pentanone 24 10-200 L07 10
Methyl-tert-Butyl Ether 24 10-200 LOI 5
I Naphthalene 24 10-200 1.28 5
Pentachloroethane 24 10-200 L23 5
n-Propylbenzene 24 10-200 0.47 5
I Styrene 24 10-200 0.35 5
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene 24 10-200 0.72 5
I 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 24 10-200 0.34 5
I, I, l ,2-Tetrachloroethane 24 10-200 0.81 5
I I, 1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane 24 10-200 0.54 5
I IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance ?rogram Doc# QAQ01401.NC
I Date: I I/ I 7 /95
I I GCMS ORGANICS -VOLATILES I
I . .
COMPONENT: MATRIX: Precision •. Accuracy MDL ·. PQL
Metlwd No. 8260 (B) WATER .· RPD / . %Rec··· ug1i.> ·-·••··· ug/L : _:·'
5 mLPurge_. •• .• · . . ... . · ·• ••. >._. . •· . . ·.·. . .... . ,::._:: . /
I Tetrachloroethene 24 10-200 2.73 5
Toluene 24 10-200 0.51 5
I I, I, I-Trichloroethane 24 10-200 0.75 5
I, 1,2-Trichloroethane 24 10-200 0.56 5
I Trichloroethene 24 10-200 1.01 5
Trichlorofluoromethane 24 10-200 0.85 5
1,2,3-Trichloropropane 24 10-200 0.54 5
I 1,2,4-Trimethylbcnzene 24 10-200 0.51 5
1,3 ,5-Trimethylbenzene 24 10-200 0.60 5
I Vinyl Acetate 24 10-200 1.20 10
Vinyl Chloride 24 10-200 0.98 10
I a-Xylene 24 10-200 0.46 5
m,p-Xylene 24 10-200 0.39 5
I Xylene (Total) 24 10-200 0.78 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQOl401.NC
I Date: 11/17/95
I I GCMS ORGANICS -VOLATILES I
I COMPONENT: MATRIX: 'PrEcisi<ID . . Accilrac:_,_. MtiL. iiQi/
Method No. 8260 (B) Soil RPff .. y •· . ,ug!kg\ ug/kg
S mLPurge ' % Roc .·,.•
I Purgeable Organics
Acetone 24 10-200 4.4 50
I Acrylonitrile 24 10-200 1.4 5
Ally! Chloride 24 10-200 2.3 5
I Benzene 24 10-200 1.9 5
Bromobenzene 24 10-200 0.6 5
Bromochloromethane 24 10-200 1.0 5
I B romod ich lorometha ne 24 10-200 0.9 5
Bromoform 24 10-200 0.7 5
I Bromomethane 24 10-200 2.3 10
2-Butanone 24 10-200 5.1 10
I n-Butylbenzene 24 10-200 0.8 5
tert-Butylbenzene 24 10-200 0.9 5
I sec-Butylbenzen~ 24 10-200 0.9 5
Carbon Disulfide 24 10-200 I.I 5
Carbon Tetrachloride 24 10-200 1.2 5
I Chlorobenzene 24 10-200 1.2 5
Chlorodibromomethane 24 10-200 0.6 5
I Chloroethane 24 10-200 6.4 10
2-Chloroethylvinyl Ether 24 10-200 2.6 10
I Chloroform 24 10-200 1.0 5
Chloromethane 24 10-200 1.6 IO
I 2-Chlorotoluene 24 10-200 0.6 5
4-Chloroioluene 24 10-200 0.8 5
I
1,2-Dibromo-3-Chloropropane 24 10-200 2.1 5
1,2-Dibromoethane 24 10-200 1.3 5
Dibromomethane 24 10-200 1.0 5
I 1,2-Dichlorobenzene 24 10-200 0.7 5
1.3-Dichlorobenzene 24 10-200 0.6 5
I 1,4-Dichlorobenzene 24 10-200 0.8 5
Dichlorodifluoromethane 24 10-200 1.6 10
I I, 1-Dichloroethane 24 10-200 1.0 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation
COMPONENT:
Method No. 8260 (B)
S mL Purge
1,2-Dichloroethane
I, 1-Dichloroethene
cis-1,2-Dichloroethene
trans-1,2-Dichloroethene
1,2-Dichloropropane
1.3-Dichloropropane
2,2-Dichloropropane
I, 1-Dichloropropene
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene
trana-1,3-Dichloropropene
cis-1,4-Dichloro-2-Butene
trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-Butene
Ethyl Benzene
Ethyl Methacrylate
Hexachlorobutadiene
lodomethane
lsopropylbenzene
p-lsopropyltoluene
Methacrylonitrile
Methylene Chloride
Methyl Methacrylate
4-M eth y 1-2-Pentanone
Naphthalene
Pentachloroethane
n-Propylbenzene
Styrene
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
I, I, 1,2-Tetrschloroethane
I, 1,2,2-Tetrschloroelhane
IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
GCMS ORGANICS -VOLATILES
MATRIX:
Soil
. · Precision
RPO
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
,_,-, ",",.
Accurac -l\fi}L··-.. ::.:·:PQL .
. y I . ug/kg··. . .ug/kg
%·Rec.::· .: , ·:: .. :·.:,
10-200 LI 5
10-200 1.6 5
10-200 5
10-200 1.2 5
10-200 0.8 5
10-200 I. 7 5
10-200 1.6 5
10-200 5
10-200 0.8 5
10-200 1.4 5
10-200 2.6 5
10-200 2.0 5
10-200 1.0 5
10-200 1.9 5
10-200 1.3 5
10-200 I. 7
10-200 0.6 5
10-200 0.8 5
10-200 0.9 5
10-200 2.9 5
10-200 6.6
10-200 1.1 5
10-200 1.9
10-200 1.6 5
10-200 1.2 5
10-200 0.8 5
10-200 0.9 5
10-200 1.2 5
10-200 I. I 5
10-200 0.4 5
10-200 0.8 5
10-200 1.5 5
I IEA Corporation IEA ~orth Carolina Quality Assurance Frogram Doc# QAQ01401.NC
I Date: 11/17/95
I I GCMS ORGANICS -VOLATILES I
I = ...
COMPONENT: MATRIX: • PrecisiOo·': I:· )\ccurar.::
..••. ,~•-•·.·. Method No. 8260 (B) Soil ·:,) RP~:·< I >--Y. ••• 5 mLPurge ··. ·%,REC :.:
I Tetrachloroethene 24 10-200 0.6 5
Toluene 24 10-200 0.7 5
I I, 1, I-Trichloroethane 24 10-200 0.8 5
I, 1,2-Trichloroethane 24 10-200 1.4 5
Trichloroethene 24 10-200 1.5 5 I Trichlorofluoromethane 24 10-200 0.6 5
1,2,3-Trichloropropane 24 10-200 1.4 5
I 1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene 24 10-200 0.9 5
1,3 ,5-Trimethylbenzene 24 10-200 0.9 5
I Vinyl Acetate 24 10-200 1.6 10
Vinyl Chloride 24 10-200 1.2 10
I a-Xylene 24 10-200 0.5 5
m,p-Xylene 24 10-200 0.7 5
I Xylene (fatal) 24 10-200 I. I 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation
COMPONENT:
. Method No, 8080.(B)
Organochlorine Pesticides/PCBs
alpha-BHC
beta-BHC
delta-BHC
gamma-BHC (Lindane)
Heptachlor
Aldrin
Heptachlor epox:ide
Endosulfan I
Dieldrin
4,4'-DDE
Endrin
Endosulfan II
4,4'-DDD
Endosulfan sulfate
4,4'-DDT
·IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
GC -SEMJVOLA TILES I
WATER 15 41-126 0,024 0.050
SOIL 50 43-105 0.67 8.0
WATER 15 17-147 0.016 0.050
SOIL 50 63-125 0.19 8.0
WATER 15 19-140 0.012 0.050
SOIL 50 19-140 0.34 8.0
WATER 15 60-127 0.022 0.050
SOIL 50 52-108 0.69 8.0
WATER 15 61-111 0.030 0.050
SOIL 50 52-II I 0.82 8.0
WATER 15 64-113 0.012 0.050
SOIL 50 42-122 5.37 8.0
WATER 15 76-128 0.012 0.050
SOIL 50 54-121 0.42 8.0
WATER 15 87-143 0.018 0.050
SOIL 50 66-138 0.86 8.0
WATER 15 75-146 0.046 0.10
SOIL 50 57-146 1.3 I 16
WATER 15 46-145 0.026 0.10
SOIL 50 61-143 0.21 16
WATER 15 58-133 0.047 0.10
SOIL 50 55-126 1.3 I 16
WATER 15 53-152 0.031 0.10
SOIL 50 47-121 2.72 16
WATER 15 69-141 0.051 0.10
SOIL 50 53-127 0.69 16
WATER 15 26-144 0.025 0.10
SOIL 50 26-144 0.22 16
WATER 15 46-134 0.049 0.10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation
I
,.,·
COMPONENT:
Method No. 8080 (B) .·, .,
Methoxychlor
Toxaphene
Aroclor 1016
Aroclor 1221
Aroclor 1232
Aroclor 1242
Aroclor 1254
Aroclor 1260
Chlordane (technical)
Endrin aldehyde
Endrin ketone
IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
GC • SEMJVOLA TILES
. ·• ·• .. I .:··:·-' .-·· Matrix .. · Pr8Cision :--··: .Accuracy ·
.RPD ·.··.1. . ';\~e<ii
. :•
. ,
.
••. . I ·
SOIL 50 25-160
WATER 15 47-142
SOlL 50 63-133
WATER 15 41-126
SOIL 50 41-126
WATER 15 NA
SOIL 50 NA
WATER 15 NA
SOIL 50 NA
WATER 15 NA
SOIL 50 NA
WATER 15 NA
SOIL' 50 NA
WATER 15 NA
SOIL 50 NA
WATER 15 NA
SOIL 50 NA
WATER 15 45-119
SOIL 50 45-119
WATER 15 61-128
SOIL 50 10-80
WATER 15 10-200
SOIL 50 10-200
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
I
. ','
MDL .:: .. ,·•·· PQL :::
I WATER
i>
.:.WATER .:.
ug/L ,.: •,.i;,gii;. i· .···: .
wid· .. '•' arid:' ...
. SOIL -... , .•·
.... SOIL ··.·
. ~g/kg . ··. > uw'kg
1.01 16
0.22 0.10
7.30 80
1.3 5.0
44.4 160
0.31 0.50
8.885 80
0.18 0.50
41.603 80
0.18 0.50
5.877 80
0.070 0.50
5.551 80
0.12 1.0
4.370 160
0.90 1.0
6.986 160
0.024 0.50
UA 80
0.042 0.10
1.10 16
0.046 0.10
0.53 16
I IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
I Date: 11/17/95
I
I
I
I GC -SEMIVOLATILES I
I.•:··,; ·.· ...... <. : .. ·. •· ·. •· I.•·· ,., __ :-.-:,,_ .. :,:.",:"', i~f .
COMPONENT: .. ··•·· .MATRIX: Precision :::: Acc;-ac =
I .MDL.•·• .\
. ~~ No, 8141 (B) WATER RPD .·· •.· .. ·:i~f\i '. .. <· .: ... • . . · . .-,., .. -··-· ... :··:':'S·Rec·
I Organopbospborus Pesticides I I I I I
I TEPP 35 10-200 0.041 0.50
Demeton-S 35 10-200 0.051 0.50
n Thionazin 35 10-200 0.051 0.50
Phorate 35 10-200 0.047 0.50
D Sulfotep 35 10-200 0.047 0.50
.
Disulfoton 35 10-200 0.049 0.50
Dimethoate 35 10-200 0.155 0.50
Methyl Parathion 35 10-200 0.043 0.50
Ethyl Parathion 35 10-200 0.047 0.50
I Famphur 35 10-200 0.116 0.50
0 GC -SEMIVOLA TILES
--, . ,: · ..
I ·MATRIX:
SOIL
Organopbosphorus Pestici~G'i
I TEPP 35 10-200 9.72 20
Demeton-S 35 10-200 4.26 IO
I Thionazin
Phorate
35 10-200 1.49 IO
35 10-200 1.41 IO
I Sulfotep
Disulfoton
35 10-200 3.74 IO
35 10-200 3.89 10
I Dimethoate
Methyl Parathion
35 10-200 0.98 IO
35 10-200 1.24 IO
Ethyl Parathion 35 10-200 1.33 IO
I Famphur 35 10-200 0.85 IO
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
D
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation
I
COMPONENT:. ·
MetbodNo,8150 (B)
I Chlorpbenoxy Acid Herbicides
2,4-D
Silvex.
2.4.5-T
I
COMPONENT:
Method No;.8150 (B)
I Chloropbenoxy Acid Herbicides
2,4-D
Silvex
2,4,5-T
IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
GC -SEMIVOLATILES
re ~~ . •.•• ..... ",.
MATRIX: .. Pnicisioo .: . _ Ace~}/.-.:_
WATER .·. RPD. .. . .% Rec
I I
35 70-120
35 64-120
35 28-100
GC -SEMIVOLA TILES
. .• ...
:/1::= ·:~:~;,~r~_/·i MATRIX: ... PttCisioo
SOIL RPO ·_%:Rec
I I
35 70-120
35 64-120
35 28-100
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
I
. 1.ti11/ ••··•>PQL••·
.··ui,t .. .• . . ug/L
I I I
0.27 2
0.06 0.4
O.o? I
I
.::.-:·=.:-:: .. :::':.
···•···••···Z!i
MDL
•i:ikii
I i I
2.12 24
1.66 4
1.92 3
I IEA Corporation. IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance i>rogram Doc# QAQ01401.NC
I Date: 11/17/95
I I GC • LC SEMIVOLATILES I
I COMPONENT: MATRIX Precision Accuracy MDL ...... : .. · .· 1•b1. <
Method No. 610 (A) WATER RPD % Rec .... ... · ... 1·,:=:.,:·, ·,. ::,:·,:::•.:::•:::
I
Method.No .. 8310.(B) WATER . SOIL·.·•. •.· . .. , < :\ Method No. 8310 (B). SOIL WATER . ug/L ·. -~/ \.ug/J; . > . . .:::·' -,-: . _,:: .. _: : ·_:-;.:.c,::=·-~,-,._:·.~.-:::::·
Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons
I Naphthalene 20 .66-110 41-111 0.166 6.664 10 330
I-Methyl naphthalene 20 66-1 IO 41-111 0.178 7.65 IO 330
2-Methyl naphthalene 20 66-110 41-111 0.166 4.95 10 330
Acenaphthylene 20 66-109 36-92 0.088 6.357 IO 330
Acenaphthene 20 61-111 37-98 0.144 10.91 10 330
I Fluorene 20 65-110 46-102 0.120 3.774 10 330
Phenanthrene 20 72-115 52-114 0.150 1.690 10 330
0 Anthracene 20 73-124 63-111 0.083 0.926 10 330
Fluoranthene 20 73-118 65-113 0.165 5.650 IO 330
I Pyrene 20 77-122 71-117 0.145 2.921 10 330
Benzo(a)anthracene 20 76-115 69-115 0.136 2.382 10 330
I Chrysene 20 79-120 75-119 0.096 1.807 10 330
Benzo(b )fluoranthene 20 77-115 70-115 0.136 2.556 IO 330
Benzo(k)fluoranthene 20 76-119 71-114 0.IO 1.591 IO 330
I Benzo(a)pyrene 20 72-113 66-105 0.337 2.748 10 330
lndeno(l ,2,3-cd)pyrene 20 73-116 67-113 0.126 5.147 10 330
D Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene 20 70-112 69-I09 0.067 2.642 IO 330
Benzo(g ,h,i)perylene 20 69-113 65-110 0.106 2.763 IO 330
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation
I
COMPONENT:
Method No. 8015 M (B)
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
#2 Fuel Oil
G&soline
COMPONENT:
. Meth-Od No/8015 M (B)
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
112 Fuel Oil
Gasoline
IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
GC • TOTAL PETROLEUM HYDROCARBONS
MATRIX: p;~o~_. ...
WATER '·.:-:~o·
35
35
GC-TOTALPETROLEUI\IHYDROCARBONS
MATRIX:
. SOIL
35
35
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17 /95
I
. ·.· ... · : ' .• ..•..
PQL' ~ccuracy: MDL. •. ·•.· . · ... ·,~;/Rec. :·· :·:ug/L ... : . ug/L .
75-125 230 2000
75•125 320 2000
•• •PQL•• \ugikg
75-125 4600 10000
75-125 50 2000
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation
I ~
COMPONENT:
Method No. 8030 (B)
Method No. 603 (A)
Acrolein
Acrylonitrile
COMPO.NENT: . . .
Method No. 8030 (B)
Acrolein
Acrylonitrile
-
IEA North Carolina Quality Assur11nce Program
GC : VOLATILES
MATRIX: I Precision
WATER RPO
WATER I
25
25
GC -VOLATILES
. MATRIX:
SOIL
25
25
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11117/95
I
. . . . .. . ··• Accuracy MDL ··PQL
%.Rec . tig/L ._:· 1 >uglL ·.
I_: __ -.-:_:·: .. _::,__._.,-\/_ ·. .• ·•.· • .. ··
75-125 1.3 5
75-125 0.82 5
75-125 I. I 5
75-125 5
I IEA Corporation IBA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
I Date: 11/17/95
I I GC • VOLATILES I
I COMPONENT: MATRIX: Precision Accuracy •MDL ·.· PQL .. ..
Mt<hod No. 601 (A) WATER . RPO . %'Rl'C'·. J . ····•·.. < <WATER
Meibod No; 8010 (B) WATER . . :.· rig/Li . .
I Mt<hod0 No .. 8010 (B) SOIL
I ~'t • .ki/kg .' arid:.,-
I . r i\ SOIL ..... tig.ikg·. -:, ·., :.· ,', •·· .
Halogenated Volatile Organics
Bromodichloromethane 40 70-130 0.652 0.579 1.0
Bromofonn 40 60-106 0.342 0.906 1.0
I Bromomethane 40 35-118 0.376 0.546 1.0
Carbon tetrachloride 40 71-136 0.304 0.891 1.0
D Chlorobenzene 15 74-124 0.375 0.754 1.0
Chloroethane 40 66-134 0.675 0.970 1.0
2-Chloroethylvinyl ether 40 10-193 0.470 0.504 1.0
Chloroform 40 73-133 0.286 0.730 1.0
I Chloromethane 40 42-119 0.223 0.974 1.0
Dibromochloromethane 40 72-120 0.783 0.859 1.0
1,2-Dichlorobenzene 40 51-113 0.604 0.980 1.0
I 1,3-Dichlorobenzene 40 63-113 0.51 I 0.780 1.0
1,4-Dichlorobenzene 40 68-121 0.466 0.978 1.0
I I, 1-Dichloroethane 40 70-126 0.414 0.819 1.0
1,2-Dichloroethane 40 74-130 0.318 1.0 1.0
I I, 1-Dichloroethene 15 65-128 0.527 0.865 1.0
trans-1,2-Dichloroethene 40 74-128 0.428 0.822 1.0
I cis-1,2-Dichloroethene 40 UA 0.229 0.742 1.0
1,2-Dichloropropane 40 71-125 0.370 0.931 1.0
I cis-1,3-Dichloropropene 40 69-125 0.281 0.693 1.0
trans-l ,3-Dicl1loropropene 40 59-113 0.381 0.746 1.0
Methylene chloride 40 69-117 0.393 1.0 1.0
I 1, l ,2,2-Tetrachloroethane 40 67-139 0.887 0.969 1.0
Tetrachloroethene 40 69-129 0.633 0.896 1.0
I I, I, I-Trichloroethane 40 69-153 0.389 0.932 1.0
I, 1,2-Trichloroethane 40 73-120 0.416 0.873 1.0
I Trichloroethene 15 72-123 0.337 1.0 1.0
Trichlorofluoromethane 40 UA 0.813 0.648 1.0
I Vinyl chloride 40 UA 0.327 0.794 1.0
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation
I
COMPONENT:
Meihod No. 6-02 (A)
Method No. 8020 (B)
Method No. 8020 (B)
-_.
Purgeable Aromatics
Benzene
Chlorobenzene
1,2-Dichlorobenzene
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
Ethylbenzene
Toluene
Xylenes (total)
Methyl-t-butyl ether (MTBE)
Diisopropyl ether (DIPE)
IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
GC -VOLATILES
I MATRIX: Precision ACCul"3C)' ·.:
WATER RPO . %•Roc _,--.. • I .
WATER
SOIL I . ,.,
. < .-,
.. .. ·-·· .
21 70-135
21 73-123
40 64-113
40 67-118
40 68-121
40 76-127
21 75-130
40 UA
40 UA
40 UA
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17 /95
I . ..
MDL . I PQL
/ \·" i. WATER-
. llg/L '•-,• ·••-·ulif~ii I : :and·. .
ug/L _-... SOIL
. .-.. -·--• . ' ',' ':,;, :•.'•, ·:-.::: I> ;.gti..g . '· .-•
0.299 0.382 1.0
0.319 0.419 1.0
0.446 0.547 1.0
0.399 0.462 1.0
0.368 0.590 1.0
0.329 0.357 1.0
0.437 0.529 1.0
0.771 0.51 1.0
0.302 0.50 1.0
0.189 0.58 1.0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
n
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation
(A)
(B)
(D)
(E)
(F)
(G)
(H)
(1)
(I)
(K)
(L)
(M)
(0)
!EA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
KEY TO METHODS
Code of federal Regulations, CFR 40, Part 136, Appendix A
Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, SW-846 Third Edition, September
!986, USEPA.
Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Waste, 1983, EMSL, EPA-
60014. 79-020.
Prescribed Procedures for Measurement of Radioactivity in Drinking Water,
August 1980, EPA, EPA-600/4-80--032.
EML Procedures Manual, HASL-300, November 1990, 27th Edition
Radiochemical Analytical Procedures for Analysis of Environmental
Samples, EMSL-LV 0539-17.
Radionuclide Separation and Analysis Procedure for Tritium, PNL-ALO-
141.
Eichrom Industries Procedures
Analysis of Plutonium-241 by Liquid Scintillation, TVA WARL, by Charles
Frederick
DOE Methods Compendium
Health and Environmental Chemistry: Analytical Techniques, Data
Management and Quality Assurance, LA-10300-M, Vol. 1-3 Manual, Los
Alamos National Laboratory, April 1992.
Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water -
Supplement II, August 1992.
Methods for the Determination of Metals in Environmental Samples -
Supplement I, May 1994.
Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 18th
Edition, APHA, A WW A, WEF.
American Society for Testing and Materials, Annual Book of ASTh1
Standards, Part 31, Water.
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11117195
I
I
I
I I KEY TO NOTES I
• SW-846 Methods only
NR Not Required
u NA Not Applicable
RPO Relative Percent Difference
DER Duplic11.ce Error Ratio
Mod Modified
RSD Relative Standard Deviation n 95CunfW 95 % Confidence Window
UA Not Available
I
I
I
D
B
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
n
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Component:
Plutonium-241
Techn~tium-99
Lead-210
Polonium
Matrix
AIR
FILTERS
VEGETA-
TION
WATER
WATER
SOIL
WATER
SOIL
WATER
SOIL
WATER
SOIL
RADIOCHEMISTRY
Method
No,
EiChrom
EiChrom
TVA WARL
(D
DOE-RP550
(!)
DOE-RP550
EiChrom
EiChrom
DOE-123
DOE-123
HASL-300
HASL-300
.· .·,-,,,,:_. · 1·,
Precision
DER I
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
. 'Accuracy• L · .. PQL .. ·.
. % R.ec I WATER .···
1 · . pCi/1,<
.. ·
' .. ,•,_
70-130
70-130
80-120
80-120
70-130
80-120
70-130
80-120
70-130
80-120
70-130
SOIL
. ·. pCi/g
0.5
0.001
5
50
IO
0.5
0.05
4
0.2
0.5
0.05
Date: II/ 17 /95
··• i.ri>Ji•.·
><W,i.n:a·· .
··• ipeiil., ••..
SOIL .
pe;ig .. ·.· ..
0.5
0.001
5
50
10
0.5
0.05
4
0.2
0.5
0.05
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
I RADIOCHEMISTRY
.. . .
Component: Matrix Method Precision I ··Accuracy
No. DER %"·Rec··
.
Gross Alpha/Beta WATER 900.0 (D) 1.5 80-120
SOIL Los Alamos 1.5 70-130
(K)
Total Radium WATER 903.0 (D) 1.5 80-120
Strontium-90 WATER 905.0 (D) 1.5 80-120
SO[L 905.0-Mod 1.5 70-130
Radium-226 WATER 903.1 {D) 1.5 80-120
SOIL HASL-300 (E) 1.5 70-130
Radium-228 WATER EMSL-LV (F) 1.5 80-120
SOIL HASL-300 1.5 70-130
Gamma WATER 901.1 (D) 1.5 80-120
Spectroscopy
SOIL HASL-300 1.5 70-130
Tritium WATER 906.0 (D) 1.5 80-120
SOIL PNL-ALO (G) 1.5 70-130
Isotopic Uranium WATER EiChrom (H) 1.5 80-120
SOIL EiChrom 1.5 70-130
AIR EiChrom 1.5 70-130
FILTERS
VEG ETA-EiChrom 1.5 70-130
TION
Isotopic Thorium WATER EiChrom 1.5 80-120
SOIL EiChrom 1.5 70-130
AIR EiChrom 1.5 70-130
FILTERS
VEGETA-EiChrom 1.5 70-130
TION
Isotopic Plutonium WATER EiChrom 1.5 80-120
SOIL EiChrom 1.5 70-130
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
I
: :: .. · .. l'QJ.;\ : ... MDt
. :< WATER I WATER
pCi/L . pCi/L . •··. . . . Iii SOIL :SOIL· :• .· ·()Ci/. . ·.·.·· I < pCilii . g. ·. .
lal2B la12B
0.5 0.5
I I
2 2
0.04 0.04
0.5 0.5
0.05 0.05
2 2
0.05 0.05
20 20
0.05 0.05
500 500
IO 10
0.5 0.5
0.05 0.05
0.5 0.5
0.001 0.001
0.5 0.5
0.05 0.05
0.5 0.5
0.001 0.001
0.5 0.5
0.05 0.05
I IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
I Date: 11/17/95
I I INORGANIC · WET CHE~DSTRY I I ·•··• • .. ... . .. . MDL .. i
I \ .. •-•· •
·.·
COMPONENT: MATRIX: Method Pn!cisiOn AcCui-acy·. ··PQL ••
WATER No. RPD .• % R_ec mg/L ... -. .--.. mg/L-·
I Acidity 305.1 (C) 20 80-120 2.0 to
Alkalinity 310.1 (C) 20 80-120 0.70 I
n Ammonia 350.3 (C) 20 80-120 0.068 0.1
Bromide D 1246-88 (0) 20 80-120 0.02 0.1
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen 351.2 (C) 20 80-120 0.074 0.1
I Nitrate/Nitrite 353.2 (C) 20 80-120 0.003 0.02
Total Phosphorus 365.2 (C) 20 80-120 0.004 0.02
n Total Residue 160.3 (C) 20 80-120 UA 10
Total Dissolved Solids 160.1 (C) 20 80-120 15.05 16
I Total Suspended Solids 160.2 (C) 20 80-120 5.86 6
Total Volatile Solids 160.4 (C) 20 80-120 UA to
I Chloride 325.2 (C) 20 80-120 0.4 I
Sulfate 375.4 (C) 20 80-120 I 2
Total Cyanide 335.3 (C) 20 80-120 0.006 0.01
I Total & Amenable Cyanide 9010 (B) 20 80-120 0.001 0.01
Total Organic Carbon 415.1 (C) 20 80-120 0.6 I
I Total Organic Halides 9020 (B) 20 80-120 0.019 0.05
Oil and Grease 413.1 (C) 20 80-120 1.4 5
I Fluoride 340.2 (C) 20 80-120 0.02 0.1
Hardness, Total 130.2 (C) 20 80-120 0.4 I
' I Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) 5210B(N) 20 80-120 UA 2.0
Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) 410.4 (C) 20 80-120 4.7 25
I Chromium, Hexavalent 7196 (B) 20 80-120 UA 0.010
Sulfide 376.1 (C) 20 80-120 UA 1.0
Reactive Sulfide Section 7 .3 (B) 20 80-120 UA 25
I Reactive Cyanide Section 7 .3 (B) 20 80-120 UA 0.25
pH ISO.I (C) 20 80-120 0.02 Units 0.1 Units
I Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons 418.1 (C) 20 80-120 0.1 I
Total Recoverable Phenolics 9065 (B) 20 80-120 0.002 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation
I . .
Component:
• I
Thallium
Zinc
Vanadium
Uranium
Thorium
IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program '
METALS -ICPMS
. . ..· ,.,
·Matrix Method ' --Prec~o /\CCuracy .·. I I. No. .RPD ·•·• , · %Rec ·_._·1 ....
I: ... ,:
I ,, '',,
WATER 200.8 20 85-115
SOIL 200.8 20 85-115
WATER 200.8 20 85-115
SOIL 200.8 20 85-115
WATER 200.8 20 85-115
SOIL 200.8 20 85-115
WATER 200.8 20 85-115
SOlL 200.8 20 85-115
WATER 200.8 20 85-115
SOIL 200.8 20 85-115
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
I
... i.irii . __ PQL __ :-·.·--••,· .. ,•,•.-·, ..... ·
WATER ::; .:::,=:-, WATER:, .. · ug!L;:, .. ':iiji/L .: : SOIL · .. :-:·.; SOIL ·,
ug/g,··,•· <·•· · .. . ug/g ;;i .. _
1.0 0.110
500 0.055
JO 0.620
5000 0.3IO
5.0 1.054
2500 0.527
1.0 0.046
500 0.023
1.0 0.067
500 0.033
I
I
I
I
I
I
B
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurnnce Program
I METALS -ICPMS
. ; ... .•· . .,•.: . . . .. · ..... 1· ·-J~n •.• , •. :.•>/••·• Component:· Matrix Method
··•···•,\····.·.· ,;l>Rec·•·•··•i/ No, RPD
I••• i >/i
. .•· . ... . .....
Aluminum WATER 200.8 (Ml 20 85-115
SOIL 200.8 20 85-115
Antimony WATER 200.8 20 85-115
SOIL 200.8 20 85-115
Arsenic WATER 200.8 20 85-115
SOIL 200.8 20 85-115
Barium WATER 200.8 20 85-115
SOIL 200.8 20 85-115
Beryllium WATER 200.8 20 85-115
SOIL 200.8 20 85-115
Cadmium WATER 200.8 20 85-115
SOIL 200.8 20 85-115
Cobalt WATER 200.8 20 85-115
SOIL 200.8 20 85-115
Chromium WATER 200.8 20 85-115
SOlL 200.8 20 85-115
Copper WATER 200.8 20 85-115
SOIL 200.8 20 85-115
Lead WATER 200.8 20 · 85-115
SOIL 200.8 20 85-115
Manganese WATER 200.8 20 85-115
SOIL 200.8 20 85-115
Nickel WATER 200.8 20 85-115
SOIL 200.8 20 85-115
Selenium WATER 200.8 20 85-115
SOIL 200.8 20 85-115
Silver WATER 2C0.8 20 85-115
SOIL 200.8 20 85-115
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17/95
I
: ::.,,.:, .. :,: ·~1('.i ·····• ;.;;;r••··•······
'1/{) .. }!~ti WATER •
ug/L.
:_,.·: . SOIL 1-· :: ', :c~gJg·:· ::'.\:.; • . ;-'·-.. ug/g
10 0.672
5000 0.336
1.0 0.136
500 0.068
10 0.572
5000 0.286
1.0 0.280
500 0.140
1.0 0.076
500 0.o38
0.50 0.122
250 0.061
0.50 0.045
500 0.023
1.0 0.126
2500 0.063
2.0 0.198
1000 0.099
2.0 0.216
1000 0.l08
1.0 0.122
500 0.061
2.0 0.304
1000 0.152
5.0 1.235
2500 0.062
0.2 0.037
100 0.018
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation
Component:
Silver
Sodium
Thallium
Zinc
Vanadium
IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
Matrix
SOIL
SOIL
WATER
WATER
SOIL
WATER
WATER
SOIL
WATER
WATER
WATER
WATER
SOIL
SOIL
WATER
WATER
SOIL
WATER
WATER
SOIL
METALS -ICP/GFAA
Method
No.
7740
6010
200.7
6010
6010
200.7
6010
60IO
200.7
6010
279.2 (C)
7841 (B)
7841
6010
200.7
6010
6010
200.7
6010
6010
Pnrision
RPD
20
20
20
20
20
20.
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
~uracy
%-.Rl'C.
95 ConfW
95 Contw
+20
±20
95 Contw
+20
+20
95 ConfW
+20
±20
+20
+20
95 ConfW
95 ConfW
+20
+20
95 ConfW
+20
+20
95 ConfW
'I
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17 /95
500 0.6
500 0.7
10 0.2
10 0.4
1000 0.2
5000 UA
5000 562
500000 281
10 2
JO 2
10
10 2
1000 0.5
1000
20 2
20 0.7
2000 0.3
50 0.3
50 0.3
5000 0.1
I
I
I
I
I
n
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation
I
Component:
Copper
Iron
Lead
Magnesium
Manganese
Mercury
Nickel
Potassium
Selenium
IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance PrOi,:ram
METALS -ICP/GFAA
Matrix Method Precision Accuracy
No. RPD % Rec·
.
. ·>
WATER 200.7 20 +20
WATER 6010 20 +20
SOIL 6010 20 95 Contw
WATER 200.7 20 +20
WATER 6010 20 +20
SOIL 6010 20 95 Contw
WATER 200.7 20 +20
WATER 239.2 (C) 20 +20
WATER 7421 (B) 20 +20
WATER 6010 20 +20
SOIL 6010 20 95 Contw
SOIL 7421 20 95 ConfW
WATER 200.7 20 +20
WATER 6010 20 +20
SOIL 6010 20 95 Contw
WATER 200.7 20 +20
WATER 6010 20 +20
SOIL 6010 20 95 Contw
WATER 245.1 (C) 20 +20
WATER 7470 20 +20
SOIL 7471 20 95 ConfW
WATER 200.7 20 +20
WATER 6010 20 +20
SOIL 6010 20 95 ConfW
WATER 200.7 20 +20
WATER 6010 20 +20
SOIL 6010 20 95 ConfW
WATER 200.7 20 +20
WATER 270.2 (C) 20 +20
WATER 6010 20 +20
WATER 7740 (B) 20 +20
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11117195
I
PQi.i . .. ., MDL .
WATER· WATER ·. . \.,ti; ug/L . 1·. ..
SOIL 1· .. SOIL/> ···...,;..•·· .....• : ./ ·-25 0.6
25 0.4
2500 0.2
100 7
100 10
I 0000 5
3 0.8
3 I
3 I
3 2
300 I
300 0.6
500 4
500 4
500000 2
15 0.6
15 0.2
1500 0.1
0.24 0.05
0.20 0.06
100 0.03
40 0.3
40 2
4000 I
500 20
500 18
500000 9
5 I
5 0.6
5 I
5 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA, Corporation
I
Compooeot:
Aluminum
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
Calcium
Cobalt
Chromium
IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program
METALS· ICP/GFAA
Matrix Method Precision Accui-acy
No. RPD · . . v .... ' ::, .. .·•' I )ii•·•.·•····•··./ <
. . .·,
.,·. I ' .· .·
WATER 200.7 (C) 20 +io
WATER 6010 (B) 20 +20
SOIL 6010 20 95 Contw
WATER 200.7 20 +20
WATER 6010 20 +20
SOIL 6010 20 95 ConfW
WATER 204.2 (C) 20 +20
WATER 200.7 20 +20
WATER 60IO 20 +20
WATER 206.2 (CJ 20 +20
WATER 7060 (B) 20 +20
SOIL 7060 20 95 Contw
SOIL 6010 20 95 ContW
WATER 200.7 20 +20
WATER 60IO 20 +20
SOlL 6010 20 95 Contw
WATER 200.7 20 +20
WATER 6010 20 +20
SOIL 6010 20 95 ConfW
WATER 200.7 20 +20
WATER 6010 20 +20
SOIL 6010 20 95 ConfW
WATER 200.7 20 +20
WATER 6010 20 +20
SOIL 60IO 20 95 Contw
WATER 200.7 20 +20
WATER 6010 20 +20
SOIL 6010 20 95 ConfW
WATER 200.7 20 +20
WATER 60IO 20 +20
SOIL 6010 20 95 ConfW
DocA QAQ01401.NC
Date: 11/17195
I
·-·.:
PQL :MDL
WATER:' · .. ·· . WATER ··•·.·/ug1L,. :·.. ug/L .. . I) ~()(Li . .... ,: SOIL':·.: . .
. '·•::,·..,;..·,· ·,. -··,,.·,·,.
200 53
200 13
20000 6
60 2
60 I
6000 0.6
5 UA
10 I
IO I
IO I
10 2
1000 I
1000 0.7
200 0.1
200 0.1
20000 0.05
5 0.1
5 0.1
500 0.1
5 0.1
5 0.2
500 0.1
500 161
500 13
500000 6
50 0.2
50 0.4
5000 0.2
10 0.2
10 0.4
1000 0.2
I
I
I
I
I
a
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEA Corporation
. ;· •, ·--
·coMPONENT:
Method N~. 8021 (Bi
Vinyl chloride
Xylenes, total
IEA North Carolina Quality Assunnce Program
·.·· ..
. . iMATRIX:
•WATER
GC • VOLATILES
25
25
,1
Doc# QAQ01401.NC
Date: ll/17/95
10-200 0.183
10-200 0.504
I
IEA Corporation IEA North Carolina Quality Assurance Program Doc# QAQ01401.NC
I Date: 11/17/95
I
I I GC -VOLATILES I
I· Precision·-. ... •·• COMPONENT: MATRIX: AccuracY. ... MDL . .. PQL_ ..
Method No. 8021 (B) WATER Ii RPDi %Rec ug/L ug/L.
.· .. I
I Purge.able Organics
Benzene 21 70-135 0.238 I
I Bromodichloromethane . 25 10-200 0.359 I
Bromofonn 25 10-200 0.407 I
D Bromomethane 25 10-200 0.268 I
Carbon tetrachloride 25 10-200 0.224 I
I Chlorobenzene 21 74-124 0.274 I
Chloroethane 25 10-200 0.388 I
Chloroform 25 l0-200 0.249 I
I Chloromethane 25 10-200 0.492 I
Dibromochloromethane 25 10-200 0.325 I
I Dichloroditluoromethane 25 10-200 0.494 I
1,2-Dichlorobenzene 25 l0-200 0.211 I
I 1,3-Dichlorobenzene 25 l0-200 0.231 I
1,4-Dichlorobenzene 25 l0-200 0.325 I
I I, 1-Dichloroethane 25 10-200 0.184 I
1,2-Dichloroethane 25 l0-200 0.222 I
I , 1-Dichloroethene 15 65-128 0.161 I
I cis-1,2-Dichloroethene . 25 l0-200 0.204 I
trans-1,2-Dichloroethene 25 10-200 0.139 I
I 1,2-Dichloropropane 25 10-200 0.314 I
cis-1 ,3-Dichloropropene 25 l0-200 0.181 1
I trans-1,3-Dichloropropene 25 10-200 0.232 1
Ethylbenzene 25 10-200 0.167 1
I Methylene Chloride 25 10-200 0.171 5
I, 1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane 25 10-200 0.488 1
Tetrachloroethene 25 10-200 0.265 1
I I, 1, I-Trichloroethane 25 10-200 0.182 1
1, 1,2-Trichloroethane 25 10-200 0.455 1
I Trichloroethene 15 TI-123 0.291 1
Trichlorofluoromethane 25 10-200 0.173 1
I Toluene 21 75-130 0.182 1